#also the answer to your previous question is at the end of the long post
Text
What Is Your Next Tower Moment?
Hi, Hexlings!
This pick-a-card reading is for my Patreon All Tiers. This pick-a-card reading is all about what chaos will the universe (God, Allah, etc) bring to shake up your world to bring in change.
This is a general reading, remember to take what resonates and leave what does not. This reading does not supplement your need to seek professional help. Tarot should be used as entertainment and not a for sure answer to your problems but as a guide, a sense of hope, and amusement.
Take your time when choosing your pile. Ask yourself the question and choose the picture that you can’t stop looking at. Listen to your intuition.
Extended Patreon Includes:
Why Is this Happening?
What outcome can this tower moment bring?
Extra Messages
MasterList
Patreon Link
Ko-Fi Donations
Pile l:
What is Your Next Tower Moment? Tarot: 10 of Swords, 8 of Wands (reversed), Judgement, The Tower, The High Priestess (reversed)
Endings. There is something in your life pile l that you keep ignoring your intuition that is causing you displeasure, pain, unhappiness, etc that you are taking your very sweet slow time in trying to correct or remove this issue from your life. This could be a dead-end relationship, a job, your living situation, etc. Overall you are in a toxic environment and I feel you have been given so many chances to try and correct, end, or do something with this situation and you keep ignoring your intuition to the point the universe and spirit guides are starting to get a bit frustrated because they want better for you. They are close to taking matters into their own hands and literally rocking your world if you do not take care of this situation yourself in a timely manner. For those who are in a relationship that is either dead or toxic the quote that came to me "Never let someone tell you they don't want you twice." That "twice" is going to be the universe stepping in to cause a situation they know you can no longer overlook to end things. This doesn't have to be a relationship, this could be a job, even school. Some of you I feel are in a major that you don't want to do anymore or at a school you no longer want to be at but because it's cheaper, your friends are there, it's close to home, etc you decide to keep attending.
Patreon Post Link
Pile ll:
What is Your Next Tower Moment? Tarot: 8 of Wands (reversed), 10 of Cups (reversed), The Fool, Ace of Cups, 6 of Wands
"What you want is on the other side of fear." - Will Smith. At first pile ll I was a bit confused because you have nothing but successful cards that came out for you. 8 of cups is all about rapid movement, Ace & 10 of cups is all about varied fulfillment (emotional, financial, etc), The fool new beginnings, and 6 of wands is the victory card...so why the long face in this reading you may ask and I believe there are quite a few of you that may have resonated from my previous reading "Where does your life require focus". You may have chosen pile ll or pile lll maybe even a part of pile lV but mostly pile ll and lll where I discussed acting on and believing in your goals, dreams, and etc. This is also your tower moment where the universe/your spirit team are ready to push you from the nest whether you are "ready" or not. Ready or Not by The Fugees is playing in my head. It's the chorus part:
"Ready or not, here I come, you can't hide
Gonna find you and take it slowly
Ready or not, here I come, you can't hide
Gonna find you and make you want me"
They are tired of you wanting to do things when you are ready. The time is now to act on your visions, goals, and dreams. "If you never start you will never act." "There is never a right time." So many quotes are coming in for you pile ll and I think you know all of this but yet there is still no movement on your part. It's as if you hear and see things that encourage and remind you to take the jump and you get inspired but then never act on the things you are being called to do. It's getting to the point where some of you are getting annoyed because you can't escape these messages...well here we are again love. So sorry to be the one to do this to you as well to remind you to just jump. This is very specific for a few of you but you do not need to have an aesthetically pleasing place to live to shoot videos, nor do you need a billion dollars to start. You have everything you need just use the resources you have and start.
Patreon Post Link
Pile lll:
What is Your Next Tower Moment? Tarot: 3 of Pentacles, 2 of Swords, Five of Wands (reversed), 10 of Pentacles (Reversed), 10 of Cups
Avoidance. Loss. This is my passive-aggressive pile. Some of you may hate dealing with confrontation and deal with things either passively-aggressively or just sweep things underneath the rug to keep the "peace." Unfortunately for you pile lll you will no longer be able to keep doing what you are doing. The blindfolds are coming off and you will have to deal with your circumstances one way or another. For some of you, this has to do with finances, I'm hearing you letting someone borrow money and they fail to pay you back or even you failing to keep a budget and overspending because you are constantly treating yourself and/or filling the hole in your life with things and not addressing the real issue. For others of you this is more so about the people around you that is causing you to feel this intermoil. You keep turning a blind eye to everything they are doing and not holding people accountable for their actions even when they are hurting you and others around you. The Ace of Cups card is a cup that has a hand and a cup that is overflowing with love, fulfillment, and peace but instead of that for you it's as if you are constantly always overflowing with chances, don't worry about it, I'm fine, etc. It's getting to the point where your cup is about to run dry on the behaviors of others around you and even yourself when it comes to your financial situation. This may be really specific for a few of you but stop letting other people stop your bag. For some of you, this is your management team at your job, family, friends, etc. Someone could be stopping your bag because of horrible scheduling at work, you not wanting to be around certain people so you keep the peace knowing management is trash, whatever the reasoning is you are taking a financial loss by allowing others to constantly walk all over you. Some of you are keeping the peace because you want a promotion, raise, etc when really you are taking a loss emotionally, financially, etc.
Patreon Post Link
Thank you for liking and reblogging my readings. I always appreciate you guys on here and on Patreon.
Stay safe and be blessed
#spirituality#witchblr#tarot reading#tarotblr#tarotcommunity#pick a card#tarot cards#pac tarot#pick a pile#pac reading#pick a photo#pick a picture#pick an image#patreon
65 notes
·
View notes
Note
Hello, me again. I got another question, were you really negative and bashful towards helluva boss because of Erin Frost (please no long or complicated answers. Just a short and simple yes or no)?
No.
If I'm being honest, the only thing I really heard about was Erin Frost saying Vivziepop was upset her employees were fleeing/leaving to work on other projects? I don't even have full context of that.
Otherwise, any negative or bashful stuff towards Helluva Boss is because its second season went off the deep end
#also the answer to your previous question is at the end of the long post#i heard Erin Frost has alleged a lot of things#but i dont recall what any of them were aside from above#helluva boss#ask#erin frost
30 notes
·
View notes
Text
𝕂𝕚𝕤𝕤𝕖𝕤 𝕒𝕟𝕕 ℂ𝕦𝕕𝕕𝕝𝕖𝕤
(request)
Lando Norris x Reader (implied she/her)
Reader takes a video of Lando laying on them and captures a sweet moment.
Non-sexual neck kisses!
It was rare that Lando would get enough downtime where he could do literally nothing and not feel guilty about it. It was even rarer that your schedule would match up with Lando’s sparse moments of pure relaxation. However when they did align with each other, the both of you made the most of it by doing absolutely nothing but cuddling.
Currently, you were laying on the couch in Lando’s living room, the man in question lying snuggled and comfortable on your chest. The only bit of noise was the low hum of the cars as they passed by on the road. One of your hands was playing with strands of Lando’s hair while the other was being used to answer a few texts that you had left unread.
Quickly telling your mother that you had landed and were safely surrounded by your boyfriend, your eyes wandered to Lando’s position. His legs were completely tangled through yours, telling you that there was no way either of you were getting up for a while. His arms encircled your waist, his right arm underneath your body while his left curled upwards to rest on the couch near your chest. And though you couldn't see you could definitely feel his head buried in the juncture where your shoulder meets your neck. Every now and then, you could feel him press a feather-light kiss to your neck, letting you know he had not fallen asleep.
You were glaringly reminded of when Charles’ girlfriend had posted a tiktok of him joining he skincare routine. You had swooned at the domesticity of it and part of you had wished that you could have that with Lando. This could very well be your only opportunity for a very long while. Without wasting another second, you quickly opened your camera app and started recording.
You moved your arm ever so slightly so that the camera would catch Lando as well as yourself, extremely glad that Lando was a little clingy when you had been separated for a while. Knowing that Lando would not be speaking until you spoke first, you gave him a soft kiss on the head.
“I love you so much, Lan.” You whispered. “I hope you know that.”
“O’course I know that, Baby.” He smiled and placed another kiss on your neck, just a bit firmer than previous. “I know a lot of things about you.”
“Oh yeah?” Your eyes sparkled and flickered to your phone, making sure it could still see the both of you. He hummed, the kisses on your neck getting more and more frequent the longer you recorded.
“What’s something you know about me?” You knew you had just stumbled on a gold mine of domestic fluff, there was no way you couldn’t ask.
“Know you wanna get married, and have kids. A boy and a girl.” His words were clear though a little muffled. “And I know I’m gonna give ‘em to you one day.”
“Really?”
“Mhmm, and I know you wanna move to the countryside, with a big house for family and an art studio. And I know that I’m gonna work until I can give it to you and then I’ll retire and look after the kids and you’ll probably keep working, be the breadwinner of our family.”
“Lan?” Not once did the kisses on your neck stop throughout his whole explanation.
“I also know that you’re recording so that you can post it and show everyone how clingy I am but that’s okay because I really love you and at the end of the day you’re here with me and not anyone else.” Now he moved his head so he could look at you with his boyish grin. You couldn’t help but grin back at him. You stopped recording when he had moved his head. The look of pure love in his eyes had whatever remained of your self-control vanishing like dust in the wind. You leaned your head down and kissed him firmly on the lips.
“You’re amazing, you know that?” You whispered after you both parted from the kiss.
“Not more than you.” Lando pecked your lips once more before snuggling back to position. Soft kisses meeting your neck until you both eventually fell asleep.
twitter.com
The way I rewrote this like 100 times before I was happy with it. Like when I say I fully wrote out like six different scenarios for this request only to not like any of them, before finally landing on what is quite possible one my favourite things I've ever written
(also ignore the date on that tweet lmao I only thought about adding it at the very last minute)
ANYWAYS! As always, I hope you enjoyed reading! Please feel free to send me any requests (preferably for a driver I haven't written for yet)
likes, replies and reblogs are very appreciated <3
MUAH
#formula 1 x you#f1 x reader#f1 fluff#formula one#formula 1#lando norris#lando norris x reader#lando norris x you#lando norris fluff#lando norris imagine#lando norris fic#ln4#ln4 x you#ln4 x reader#ln4 imagine
1K notes
·
View notes
Text
last kiss
pairing: tara carpenter & female reader
summary: in which you and tara truly had your last kiss.
word count: 1.5k
author’s note: this song is fully based on last kiss by taylor swift. also sorry for bad update and shit writing, i’m currently not feeling motivated for it.
"I love you."
Those were the three words you had whispered into Tara's ear, with your soothing and mellifluous voice.
It had been late. 1:38 to be exact. You couldn't fall asleep, although you thought Tara was. Whispering in her ear and kissing her cheek, being completely unaware of the fact that she hadn't yet to doze off either.
She had tried her hardest not to let the huge smile spread across her face. You had whispered the words for just the two of you to know.
Later that night, Tara had opened her eyes, feeling the need to see your features once again before drifting off. You'd looked so tranquil, peaceful. Your face lit through the darkness like a radiant moon, casting a gentle glow all around.
You told Tara you loved her.
So why did you leave? Go away?
It was not until now Tara remembered the time when you had reunited with her after sixteen long weeks apart. The sixteen weeks of Tara's school semester, who had felt like an eternity.
She recalled the smell of the rain, the sound of the drops hitting the hood of her rain jacket, and the fresh downpour on the pavement.
You had stayed up the entire night, just to get to the airport just in time so Tara wouldn't have to wait when she landed. July ninth.
Tara had ran of the plane just to see you, sprinted towards you the second she saw your sneakers on the concrete floor of the arrival hall. She jumped onto you, embraced you in a bone crushing strength you didn't know she had.
She remembered the smell of your floral scented perfume in her nostrils, and the way she felt your heart jumping through the material of your hoodie. She could still feel your arms around her sometimes.
Now she didn't have anyone to sprint towards after she'd gotten off a plane.
The only way she could feel your smell now was when she wore your clothes, the garments that you had left at her house and then forgotten.
Tara put on your clothes almost every day, sitting on the floor of her room, letting the smell of the different fabrics bring her to a happier place; the memories with you.
She thought about how much she missed you all the time. Although she was unsure if you ever thought of her.
Tara felt unsure of everything. She didn't know if the split between the two of you was the cause of it, or if it was all of the betrayals from previous events. But she did know that the only thing she was certain of was that she didn't know how to be someone you missed.
She knew you didn't miss her, but that didn't stop her from trying to figure out how to get you to yearn for her. As much as she did for you.
Was the key to get a new partner? Or post stuff that showed she was happier than ever? What could possibly make you want her again?
Something else Tara thought about constantly, was your last kiss. The last kiss she never thought the two of you would have. She thought you would spent the rest of your life alongside one another.
She had never thought about her relationship with you ending nor taking a drastic turn, but when it did come across her mind one time, she'd never imagined that it would happen like this.
She never planned on kissing Chad.
It wasn't on purpose. Of course it wasn't.
She would never intentionally do something to hurt you. Never.
But she had done it anyway. She had tried to blame it on the alcohol that she had poured into her body minutes before, but she was very aware that wouldn't get her anywhere.
Because the truth was; Tara didn't have a reason behind it, not at all.
She had asked herself the question over and over again; why she had done it, knowing that was the first question you'd ask her when she told you. But she couldn't come up with a proper answer.
Tara had felt out of place for months. She had felt this longing for comfort and validation. She knew that if she talked to you about it and expressed how she felt, you would've erased that feeling. Oh how she wished she had went to you to begin with.
She didn't know why she didn't.
Tara knew she could trust you. She knew she could trust you like a lighthouse guiding her through stormy seas.
Yet her mind told her something was wrong. She was fighting a battle with herself at that point,
the internal battle being between what she knew was right and the temporary relief she sought.
She felt disgusted with herself for sleeping with Chad. They had known each other ever since birth, and she thought that might've ruined their friendship for all eternity, however that wasn't the relationship she was worried about ruining.
The relationship she was worried about destroying was with the person's name she had accidentally moaned out.
Your name.
It was always on her lips.
Even when she tried to enjoy herself with other men, all she could find herself thinking about was you.
You'd forever be the name on her lips, no matter how hard she tried.
As she looked back on your time together, she couldn't help but remember the swing of your step. The way you moved with such grace and confidence. Each stride carried a rhythm that seemed to match the beat of her heart.
You were the life of the party, always showing off, whether it was in beer pong or in dancing, you loved dancing. You would always pull Tara onto the dance floor just so she would join you, and she would roll her eyes for it.
Tara wasn't much for dancing, she'd never liked it and was never going to. But for you, she did dance. She danced like nobody was watching, and she never seemed to regret it, because it always made you beam with a smile.
She'd do anything to watch you smile. She'd do anything to be with you again.
Because she loved the way you greeted Sam with a gentle handshake whenever you joined them for dinner. She loved the way you walked with your hands in your pockets.
How you'd kiss her when she was in the middle of saying something. She'd always end up kissing back, and she never complained, yet she still called it rude interruptions, and there wasn't a day she didn't miss them.
She'd do anything to experience that again.
The only experiences with you she had now, was the ones she tried to relive with your clothes on her body. When she would sit on her floor, pressed into a corner of the four walled room, either sobbing or just thinking about you, and how she didn't know if you ever wasted a thought on her.
She was now watching your life in pictures as regularly as she used to watch you sleep.
You slept over at her house almost every night, and on every occasion Tara would lay in front of you for hours, just admiring your features and relaxed face. She never told you about it, but now she wished she did.
She could feel you starting to forget her, as often as she used to feel you breath. Whenever you embraced her as you slept, she made sure to keep count your breaths and the amount of seconds between them, like they were about to stop if she didn't count.
They never stopped. Luckily. But she stopped hearing them after she'd told you the truth. About what she had done with Chad. She never got to hug you again after that, or count your heartbeats.
Tara tried to keep up with your old mutual friends as often as she could, asking them how you were doing. She always received short answers, politely short answers.
She could tell they wanted nothing to do with her. Same as you wanted nothing to do with her, Chad or even Mindy.
You would occasionally greet Mindy in the corridors, never even bothering to look at Tara or Chad, which was understandable, but that didn't stop the jealousy from flooding through Tara's veins from the sight.
She hoped you were doing well. She hoped it was nice where you were. Wherever you were. Whoever you were with.
She hoped that some day, when the sun would shine and it'd be a beautiful day, that you'd be reminded of something about her, and that'd you wish you had stayed. For whatever reason.
She hoped that at some point, you'd think back to the last kiss you shared, that you would change your mind, and that you'd want to come back to her.
Just so everything could be the way it was. The way she ruined.
#jenna ortega x reader#tara carpenter#tara carpenter x reader#jenna ortega#jenna ortega x fem!reader#vada cavell x reader#wednesday addams x reader#mabel x reader#melissa barrera x reader
365 notes
·
View notes
Text
could you pretend to be in love? (06/10)
The Connection
pairing: modern!aemond × fem!reader (fake dating)
summary: an unexpected person from the past shows up and there is a family dinner to attend, resulting in disastrous thoughts and difficult decisions.
word count: 8.9k
previous part • next chapter • series masterlist
the chapter is finally here!
sorry it took me so long, if you didn't see my last post go do it and you'll know why👀 but we can put it behind us now and I'm excited to tell you that the next chapter will finally give us that next level we've been waiting for so long!
I really hope it won't take me that long but for now, let's enjoy this new chapter and as always, I'll be very anxious to read your comments🥰
enjoy!
The day of the dinner is slowly approaching.
And you still don't feel completely sure about it. However, despite your doubts and worries, you haven't backed out.
Mostly you think about what you're going to tell Aemond's mother by way of ruining things out of nervousness. Of course he should have already given her information about the relationship, but you're worried that she'll ask you questions and you won't know how to answer.
But that's not the reason she wants to get to know you… is it?
You think she probably just wants to know more about you, your likings, your non likings, your aspirations in life, your dreams, your family and things related to that.
Right?
You just hope so.
You've never done this before, meeting a guy's parents, ever. And you just get more nervous and feel more pressure knowing that Aegon and Helaena will be there too.
As well as you also feel guilty about the fact that they all think that you and Aemond are for real and you're just going to go there and convince them and assure them that you and Aemond are crazy about each other… when it's not true.
Now it's Thursday, tomorrow is dinner and Aemond doesn't seem at all concerned about it, when your thoughts are being completely tormented with it.
Still, you listen attentively to his words as you put away some books in your locker and he's standing next to you, leaning against the lockers, with the Romeo and Juliet book in his hands.
"Why did you make me read this shit? It's too hard to read and I don't like it," he says longingly.
You look away from your books to him and place a small amused smile on your lips at the sight of his face.
"It's like poetry and I don't like poetry, I don't understand it," he says frustrated, "I don't understand any of the weird rhyming they say."
"Well, Shakespeare has a unique way of expressing himself."
"Yeah, but what does he mean by 'My lips, two humble blazons, are ready to seal with a kiss softly'?" he recites reading the phrase with his brows furrowed and you let out a small laugh.
"Shakespeare loved beauty in words, even if it meant complicating things a bit."
"Yeah but why can't he just kiss her and be done with it without saying these weird words that give me cringe?"
"Come on," you give him an incredulous look, "It's romantic. The whole book is romantic with a tragic ending."
"This is definitely not romantic," he says incredulously and shaking his head, "It's weird, boring and makes me want to puke."
You look at him with a pout.
"You're not romantic at all."
"Excuse me?"
He immediately comes to defend himself, staring at you incredulously and completely indignant.
"I can be extremely romantic, thank you very much."
You raise your hands in a gesture of surrender, with a small smile as you see the spark of amusement in his gaze.
"You of all people should know that, you've witnessed it and you're the reason I do it mostly," he adds.
"But that's not… you know," you give him an expectant, knowing look.
"It's still romantic."
"No, it's not," you say with a laugh.
At your playful response, still busy at your locker, you don't notice and Aemond suddenly approaches. He takes your chin with one of his hands gently but firmly enough, causing you to look up at him, catching you off guard.
"What did you just say, my love?" he asks with a mischievous smile and amusement in his gaze, appearing serious and warning.
He brings his face closer to yours with a demanding gaze and your heart begins to pound as you let yourself be carried away by his proximity.
It is clear that he is going to kiss you, what does this mean if not kiss you? So you watch him expectantly and with your face lifted towards him, really looking forward to the sweet contact, your lips inches from his.
But first Aemond looks around briefly, wanting to make sure that some students in the hallway are watching you. When then, you see that he is overlooking a specific spot in the hallway.
You see how there is a slight glint in his eye and then he no longer moves.
You frown slightly, waiting. And before you can say or do anything, Aemond suddenly pulls away.
Confusion overtakes you and he clears his throat by averting his gaze, then smiles softly at you as if he wasn't about to kiss you seconds ago.
"Then I'll be more romantic next time," he says, taking his distance from you, as if trying to minimize the tense moment you've just shared.
Was he going to kiss you or not?
You can't just tell him to kiss you either, that he was going to, since this isn't real but… the change in his behavior confuses you, you don't quite understand what just happened and you don't know what to say.
"I have to go to the field now," he tells you, averting his gaze for a moment before looking at you again, "I'll see you in class, okay?"
"Hum… yeah, yeah, okay," you nod, still confused.
He gives you one last smile and before leaving, he gives your shoulder a light squeeze with his hand, another gesture that catches you off guard. Without a kiss on your forehead or cheek, as he usually does, he walks away.
You stand in the hallway, watching him go, with a mix of emotions you can't help but feel confused, uncertain and... disappointed.
Questions swirl around in your mind, but you don't have any answers. So shaking your head to clear your thoughts, you close your locker door and head to your next class.
Eventually you continue to run into him and he acts normal, as usual. He sits next to you in class, does the teacher's requested activities with you, and walks with you through the halls to the next class.
And everything is…normal, in a way.
Although he's still being kind and attentive, he's not being as affectionate as usual.
You can see how he's distracted, deep in thought from time to time, something is on his mind, something that you have no idea what it is but that keeps you alert, confused and makes you feel completely different from previous days.
You sense that the dynamic between you today has changed somehow, leaving you feeling bewildered.
And you don't know why.
Although it's not until break time that you find yourself sitting at a table alone, still feeling this awkwardness, when Alysanne comes in and drops the big bombshell on you that makes all the sense in the world.
"Why are you here eating so casually when I just saw your boyfriend catching up with his other ex-girlfriend?"
You raise your gaze to her almost instantly, with a mixture of surprise and confusion, a knot forming in your stomach as the weight of her words settle on your shoulders.
"What?"
"Yeah, Floris Baratheon," she says, then looks at you slightly confused, "How did you not know this?"
"What?" you repeat, not understanding.
"Floris Baratheon," she repeats to you slowly and clearly, "Dark hair, not as tall and certainly not as bitchy as Alys but still she falls into the category of girls who are superficial and think they are better than other girls," she explains to you.
Confusion lingers in your gaze, for despite the explanation, you still don't remember anything about a girl named Floris Baratheon at school.
"You really don't know who she is? Aemond didn't tell you about her?" asks Alysanne incredulously and your face answers her questions, "She transferred schools for a semester and just returned this morning. She and Aemond weren't actually dating but they had a thing when he and Alys broke up for like the twelfth time."
Your mind whirls as you process the information.
Honestly you had no idea about Floris' existence back in your invisibility days at school. Therefore, you also had no idea that she and Aemond had ever had any kind of relationship.
However… there is something you have an idea of at the moment.
This is why Aemond acted weird with you this morning, because of her. He must have seen her in the hallway and his demeanor changed completely.
"I-I didn't know that," you admit in a soft, low voice, trying to hide the uneasiness that is starting to creep up on you.
"Well, it's weird that Aemond didn't tell you anything, especially since I saw the two of them so comfortable and happy talking," she lets you know, "And I'm not telling you this with any malice or to make you feel bad, it's just that I think you should know, even though I thought you already knew."
You bite the inside of your cheek, feeling a surge of emotions wash over you that you can't quite explain, nor can you avoid.
You're not sure what to think or how to react to this, but one thing is for sure; things between you and Aemond are likely to get complicated.
But what can you really do?
You and he aren't really dating. What's the point of asking him about it when it's really none of your business? Besides if he didn't talk to you about it before, when he saw her, it must be for this very reason.
You have no right here, even if you feel this.
"Do you want to get out of here?" asks you Alysanne later, noticing your face and probably everything that is invading your mind.
And soon enough, she takes you to the rooftop of the school, outdoors, where you just sit and watch the sky and listen to her while she smokes a cigarette, talking to you about Cregan being around her lately.
But as much as you want to give her your full attention and corroborate what she is telling you, you can't.
The rest of the classes are without Aemond, since you don't share them with him, and when the school day ends, still not knowing exactly whether to wait for him to drive you home or not, you head for the exit of the building, deep in thought.
"Hey."
You feel a hand grab your shoulder and when you turn your head without stopping moving forward, you find Aemond standing next to you.
"Hi," you reply softly, turning your gaze back to the front.
And he at your side gives you an attentive, curious and slightly confused look.
"Are you okay? I didn't see you at break," he says softly, "I also texted you and you didn't respond."
"Oh," your mind goes blank for a moment, "I was with Alysanne on the roof. She was talking to me about some things."
"Hmm," he nods, still watching you between a mixture of attentive and curious.
Then the two of you say nothing more, with the silence loud between the two of you and that tension emanating from your body, when you speak again.
"Are you going to drive me home today?" you decide to ask him, watching him, with that hesitation in your tone of voice and look.
And he frowns, watching you blankly.
"I always drive you."
You are about to speak but a third voice does it for you, stopping your steps and also Aemond's.
"Aem!"
The two turn their heads and there she is, Floris Baratheon.
Black hair, brown eyes, slender and absolutely beautiful features. She approaches with a smile, showing off her perfect, aligned teeth.
Everything about her screams money, as well as elegance, from her perfectly coiffed hair to her impeccable designer clothes and accessories.
And the moment she catches both your attention and Aemond's, you notice how he beside you tenses slightly.
"Hey," she gives him a charming smile and her full attention, placing herself in front of him, "The guys are going to get something to eat, I was just told. Do you want to join us? We can take off in your car and catch up some more."
"Hum…" he is silent for a moment, shooting you a nervous glance, scratching the back of his neck.
And throwing you another glance, this finally catches Floris' attention and she notices your presence as well.
"Oh… hi," she smiles softly at you.
Despite your nerves and how uncomfortable you're starting to feel, you force yourself to smile as kindly and genuinely as possible.
"Hi."
"I'm sorry, I don't think I know you," she tells you in an exaggeratedly kind tone of voice.
And this too finally gets Aemond to react.
"Yeah, right, that's my fault," he says trying to act nonchalant and completely relaxed, "Floris, this is Y/N, m-my girlfriend."
You watch as she parts her lips and her surprise is evident as she looks at Aemond and then turns her attention back to you.
"I-I didn't find the moment to tell you."
You instantly observe Aemond, with a look that even you can't explain and he suddenly can't control his nervous gestures anymore, giving a wary glance to you and then to Floris.
"Oh."
She turns her gaze back to you and though she tries to hide her surprise, the strength of her smile seems a bit forced as she holds out her hand to you.
"I'm Floris, nice to meet you."
And within everything you're feeling right now, like awkwardness and feeling out of place, you still shake your hand with hers.
"Nice to meet you."
Tension is in the air and Aemond looks hesitant for a moment. And you continue to feel like an intruder between them, getting in between the interaction of two people sharing a history you don't fully know about.
When Aemond speaks again.
"Floris is my…
He tries to tell you, but his words are left floating in the air.
Suddenly you see how he struggles and searches his mind for a way to introduce you to the girl he had a thing with in the past, only according to him, you don't know that, when certainly Alysanne already took care of it.
And just like you, you too feel Floris' anticipation, waiting for him to introduce her.
"An old friend," he finally says.
Floris arches an eyebrow slightly at Aemond's introduction, her lips curving into a smile that seems to contain more than just politeness.
"Yes, that," she punctuates, with a knowing look that to you does not go unnoticed, "Well, I just wanted to know if you were free for this afternoon. Although if you want you can bring your girlfriend with us," she proposes.
Aemond takes a moment to respond, averting his gaze as he scratches the back of his neck in a nervous gesture.
And that's when you decide to speak.
"You can go with them," you tell him and that immediately gets his attention and hers, "I can just take the bus or something and I'll see you later," you say to start walking away from both of them.
His attention and slight surprise is most visible on his face, but before you can move too far away, he grabs your hand and advances towards you.
"What? No" he immediately inquires, "No, I'll take you home."
The determination in his tone of voice and in his gaze makes you feel a little more comforted, but still, you can't shake this uneasiness in you about Floris' presence.
And that's when Aemond turns to her again without letting go of your hand.
"Sorry Floris, another time," he tells her in his firmer, slightly strained voice.
And she nods with a sympathetic look, though you can't help but sense there's something else behind her expression.
"Of course, I understand, it'll be for next time then," she says, before turning to you, "It was nice meeting you, Y/N."
And finally she is the first to walk away.
You exchange a look you can't quite describe with Aemond and feel the awkwardness and seriousness linger between the two of you, even as the two of you leave the building and make your way to his car.
And once in the passenger seat and with Aemond driving through the city streets, you find yourself fiddling with your fingers in your lap, still feeling the awkwardness in the air.
You don't understand exactly what's got you right now but you can't even see Aemond out of the corner of your eye, so you keep your gaze focused straight ahead and on the side where the window is.
"Are you okay?"
You suddenly hear his voice speak softly to you, feeling his gaze on you from time to time and you squirm a little in your seat before you speak, swallowing hard.
"Yeah, all good," you say, trying to sound convincing.
He exhales deeply, noticing your distance again.
"I'm sorry if the Floris thing made you uncomfortable. S-she…" he sighs, "She's truly a childhood friend. We had something in the past but it was very brief and it's no longer relevant."
And although there is nothing wrong with his words, you still can't help but feel a slight knot in your stomach. And you act completely unconcerned.
"I understand," you say simply, in a soft voice and still without looking at him.
But this is not convincing to Aemond, who licks his lips and can't help but worry about the situation.
"I mean it."
"Aemond," you call him softly, finally looking at him, "I understand, I really do," you assure him, "I also meant it when I said you should go eat with her and your friends. You seemed very uncomfortable and there was no problem from me."
He nods slowly, but still looks a little uneasy.
"I just didn't expect I was going to see her again."
And you don't know if that's worse.
"Are you ready?"
Oh God, are you?
"I don't know," you answer honestly, nervously, looking at your outfit.
For this occasion you chose a pair of pants, ankle boots and a white tank top with a black jacket over it. You don't look overdressed but decent for the occasion, along with your makeup and hairstyle.
"Hey, easy," he says softly, placing both hands on your shoulders, "It's going to be okay. Besides we won't be alone, Aegon and Hel will be with us."
"Yeah but that's not what I'm worried about," you clarify, playing with your fingers, "What if I ruin everything?" you ask watching him fearfully, "What if everyone realizes that we're not really dating because of me?"
"I'll take care of that, don't worry," he assures you, with his soft gaze, "You just have to corroborate everything I say and stick to the main story. Other than that, my mother will just ask you questions about you to get to know you better."
"Are you sure?" you ask, not entirely convinced.
"Very," he affirms you, conveying calmness and assurance in his voice.
"You've done this before?" you can't help but ask, still with some hesitation, "I mean…" you lick your lips, nervous, "You've brought a girl before to dinner with your family?"
He is silent for a moment, as if considering how to answer, as the implication is clear because that's not the real question, you know that too.
Rather it is: have you ever brought Alys to dinner with your family before?
"Yes," he finally admits in a murmur, sincerely, "Yes, I have."
You stare at him silently, without the two of you saying anything else, only to look away and nod, again trying to look unconcerned, trying to calm your nerves further.
"My mother never liked her," he says later, again attracting your attention, "You know, Alys."
Again, you say nothing for a few moments, just lick your lips and nod.
"I understand."
Aemond lets out a heavy breath and takes a step towards you, lowering one of his hands to take one of yours, gently rubbing his thumb against the back of yours, this also immediately catching your attention, as you see him looking at you for a moment thoughtfully.
"Are you ready now?" he asks you softly, raising his gaze to you, "We can stay here a while longer if you want."
"No," you reply immediately, "No, I don't want to make everyone wait for us," you release a long breath, calming your nerves, "I'm ready now."
He places a small comforting smile on his lips.
"You'll do fine, trust me," he assures you then moves closer to you and leaves a soft kiss on your forehead, just like at school.
His action definitely catches you off guard and you look at him slightly surprised, but Aemond doesn't give it that much importance, as if it was already a natural and routine thing between both of you, like a gesture of encouragement, to then take you by the hand together with him to the entrance of his house.
His house is nice and big, with a beautiful garden, so when you open the door, you see a huge and cozy living room with the dining room visible in the background, where you can make out Aegon's figure and his short silver hair.
Aemond closes the door behind you and you briefly look around, seeing the decorations of the elegant house, such as mirrors, flowers vases and also family photos.
Mostly, you see pictures of young children, which you recognize as Helaena, Aemond, Aegon and his other brother, Daeron.
There are also photos of what you assume is their mother and also a man, who you assume is the father, with Aemond and his siblings as children. But it strikes you that none of the four are smiling, just the mom a little.
There are more current pictures, only of Aemond, Helaena and Aegon smiling next to their mother, with no trace of their father and Daeron.
"He's my younger brother," he takes a single photo of a boy, standing next to you and handing it to you, "Daeron."
And just as you imagined, he's a boy of about fifteen with striking blue eyes and short silver hair, smiling at the camera with a bright face and looking in the background like he's standing in a lake at Honeyholt.
"Helaena was right," you say with a small smile, still inspecting the photo, "He really is the handsomest of the three of you."
"That's not true," he tells you immediately, taking the photo out of your hands and putting it back in its place with a quick, automatic gesture, making you laugh.
"What's up, bro?"
You both hear Aegon's voice and turn around, with the silver-haired man already walking towards you with a bottle of beer in his hand and a huge grin on his face.
"Are you drinking already?" Aemond inquires, "Mom's going to kill you."
"Oh, you know how persuasive I can be," he tells him without wiping off his smile, "Besides, I've already set the table," he points to the dining room, "It's dinner, bro."
"Careful," he warns you but he deliberately ignores him, heading in your direction.
"Y/N!" he exclaims your name smiling, coming over to embrace you, "Welcome to our home."
"Hi Aegon," you smile back at him.
He envelops you in a hug and you reciprocate cordially, instantly the strong smell of beer reaching your nostrils.
"Want one?" he points to the beer in his hand as he pulls away from you.
"I don't think so," Aemond answers him, again intertwining his hand with yours, "Where's mom?"
"In the kitchen with Hel" he points out, "Tell them to hurry, I'm starving," he says in a tone of voice that catches your attention.
But Aemond pulls you forward, starting to leave him behind, with a serious and disapproving look at his brother's attitude.
"It's the beer," he explains to you quietly, "I hate it when he drinks at home. I just hope it doesn't get unbearable later."
"Why?" you ask him, curious.
He shakes his head.
"Aegon is… complicated."
He doesn't say anything else and neither do you, mostly because he leads you toward the kitchen, but curiosity still lingers on that subject.
He gives your hand a gentle squeeze in a supportive gesture that comforts you as you both cross the threshold into the kitchen, where instantly the smell of delicious freshly baked food hits your nostrils.
And the first thing you notice is a silver hair along with a darker one, who you assume must be Aemond's mother.
And immediately your nerves again explode and you feel your heart pounding hard in your chest.
"Hey, Y/N!"
A friendly voice says to you, being Helaena, who is wiping her hands with a clean dish towel and wearing a beautiful blue dress, instantly heading towards you with open arms.
"Hi Hel," you smile back happily, hugging her enthusiastically.
"Oh I'm so happy you're in our home," she says excitedly and warmly without letting go of you, "We've prepared turkey, I hope you like it," she says as she pulls away from you.
"Oh I'm sure it will," you nod at her with a sincere smile, feeling welcomed by the warmth of her welcome.
"Mom."
Aemond's voice momentarily pulls you out of your conversation with Helaena and you turn your head to meet the gaze of Alicent, Aemond's mother.
Instantly you try to control your nerves and keep your composure, remembering his comforting words.
And when Alicent's gaze meets yours, a warm smile forms on his lips, which makes you feel less nervous and conveys a sense of calm. Although the nervousness lingers, you feel a little more secure with his kindness.
Aemond places a comforting hand on your shoulder and steps forward to introduce you.
"This is my girlfriend, Y/N," he points to you with his small smile, "And Y/N, this is my mom, Alicent."
She is a very beautiful woman.
It's the first thing that comes to your mind, noting the dimples in her cheeks and that warm look she has, not being intimidating at all and being rather kind.
Besides the dark green dress she wears is completely beautiful, as well as her accessories. Everything about her radiates elegance and poise.
"A pleasure to finally meet you, my dear," she says, turning to you, "Gosh, I was so excited to meet you. It's so nice of you to come."
And without expecting it, just like Helaena, she too greets you with a hug, taking you completely off guard, causing you to let out a nervous little laugh as you hug her back.
"The pleasure is mine, Mrs. Hightower," you say softly, feeling slightly overwhelmed by her kindness and warmth.
"Please call me Alicent," she says as she pulls away from you.
Before all this you asked Aemond what to call her, just for the heck of it and to feel less nervous and he told you 'Hightower', the last name of her father.
So you assume that Aemond's father is not someone who gets mentioned much around here. In the family photos he is present in only one picture. And Aemond doesn't talk about him either.
And he watches with a small smile at the interaction between you and his mother, feeling relieved that things are going well so far.
"Please go and take your seats. Dinner will be served soon," she says to Aemond and you.
"Do you need help?" he asks her.
"I'm already doing it myself," Hel says, "Don't worry, little brother."
"Can you help me with your brother, please," Alicent tells him, with a look of slight concern.
"Of course," he assures her in a gentle tone.
Soon the two of you return to the dining room, the two of you take a seat together with Aegon and Aemond tries to tell him not to overdo it with his drinks, that you are here to enjoy a nice dinner with his family.
But he just makes nonchalant gestures and tells him that everything is fine, to continue drinking, looking at the screen of his phone, waiting for dinner.
Then you don't know how much time passes exactly but Alicent returns very soon along with Helaena with the food, placing the dishes in the center of the table, indicating that all this will start soon.
Aemond places his hand on top of yours underneath the table, giving you every supportive gesture possible, reassuring you at every turn that he can that all will be fine.
Every brush of his fingers against yours conveys reassurance and comfort.
You feel a slight relief as you feel his touch, reminding you that you are not alone at this moment and his presence gives you strength to face any nervousness that may arise during dinner.
And with the food finally served, the silverware begins to clink against the plate glass as everyone begins to enjoy the delicious dinner.
Aemond, like the supposed boyfriend in love with you, is totally attentive to you, asking if you're served this or that, wanting to make sure you're well received and comfortable to make this more bearable.
And you thank him all the way, feeling his mother's gaze on both of you from time to time, without wiping away her warm smile.
"Did you like the food, dears?" she asks generally.
"Oh yes," Helaena says with a look of total complicity, delighting in the food.
"It's delicious, Mom," Aemond tells her later.
"Totally," you corraborate politely, nodding in her direction.
Alicent smiles in satisfaction and then turns her attention to Aegon, who hasn't said anything since everyone started eating.
"How about you, son?" she asks him softly.
"It's fine," he says curtly, taking a huge swig from his bottle of beer.
This definitely gets your attention but Alicent as well as Aemond and Helaena decide not to give it enough attention, as if they're already used to it and don't want to ruin the moment by his behavior.
But you do notice the disapproval in each of their looks, especially the disappointment in Alicent. Though she almost instantly turns her attention away from Aegon to Aemond and you.
"So, how long have you two been dating exactly?" she asks curiously and without losing the kindness in her gaze and tone.
"A month," Aemond replies without hesitation at your side, resting one of his arms on the back of your chair.
And Alicent shakes his head with a small smile on his lips.
"And I still can't believe he kept you hidden from me, Y/N."
You smile in his direction, trying not to let your nerves give you away, as Aemond again interjects, with a soft look.
"We didn't want to rush things."
"I told him not to take too long to tell you," Helaena says as well, pointing at Aemond as she watches her mother.
"But he didn't tell me anything, Aegon did," Alicent says in amusement.
"Oh come on, I was going to tell you anyway," Aemond tries to justify himself.
"Oh you were going to?" Hel questions him.
"You want to turn her against me."
"I'm just telling the truth, little brother."
This causes Alicent to laugh softly and his gaze meets yours, where you laugh softly too, as the fight between Aemond and Hel continues. But this causes you to begin to feel comfortable and more at ease with the whole situation.
The only thing at the table that is completely serious is Aegon, who continues to concentrate on his drink and the food in front of him.
His reserved attitude contrasts with the energy you have with Aemond, his mother and sister, but they don't really give him much attention and everyone continues to enjoy the delicious food and create topics of conversation.
"So…" Alicent begins to speak, watching you with her warm gaze, "What are your college plans, sweetie?"
Oh my God.
Okay, it's happening.
You think as you slowly start to panic, but quickly get yourself under control, settling back in your seat.
"You're all graduating soon," she points to her kids with a small smile.
And you're about to speak but someone else does first.
"Which wouldn't be the case if Aegon hadn't repeated year… twice," Hel says condescendingly, pouring herself more food in a casual gesture.
"Helaena," Alicent reprimands her in a soft tone.
"Don't start with me."
Aegon's voice finally makes itself heard in a long time, speaking in a cold, curt tone, not even observing his sister, focused on his food.
"Just saying," Helaena says also with a pout in his direction.
"Then speak for yourself. You're a year behind too."
"Ugh," she sighs, "You talk like you don't know what happened."
"That's enough," Alicent says calmly, watching you both with a look of silent warning.
The atmosphere tenses slightly and all is silent for a moment, as you notice how Aemond next to you only runs a hand over his chin and you only hear the clink of silverware clattering against glass plates.
Alicent then turns his gaze to you and there you decide to speak, hoping to restore comfort to the atmosphere.
"Well, actually, I've applied to Oldtown University," you say with a soft smile, controlling your nerves, "I'm planning on getting into law school."
Surprise flashes across Alicent's face, as you briefly feel Aemond watching you beside you.
"Oh, wow," she nods slowly, her expression one of amazement, "What a coincidence, that's the same college Aemond wants to go to."
Aemond nods with a small smile, completely keeping up appearances.
"Yes," he confirms, "In fact it's perfect for us to go to the same place after graduation."
And just to show more affection with you, he places his hand and yours intertwined on top of the table, watching you with that 'love' he seeks to convey in these moments in front of his mother.
And Alicent watches you both with her soft smile, but is still intrigued by you.
"And why that choice? Law is something you always wanted to study?" she asks you, with genuine interest in her voice.
You try not to focus too much on the way Aemond's thumb begins to gently caress the skin on the back of your hand, which at the same time also reassures you.
And you nod in Alicent's direction.
"Yes, it's something I've always been interested in. It's a very heavy degree with very dense material, but it's very interesting and it's long been what I've decided for myself."
Alicent nods in your direction, listening to you intently and looking completely interested.
"And I guess at Oldtown it's a great opportunity to want to study law."
"Oh yes," you say eagerly, "Oldtown has one of the best faculties with very capable professors and all the material you need. It's certainly a great opportunity."
"But I also think that getting to study at such an in-demand university with few places in that major can be difficult," she tells you corroborating in conversation.
"Yeah, that's the bad thing, but…" you shrug, "I'm hopeful."
You watch subtly beside you, focusing for a moment on Aemond, speaking with that complicit tone, as of course he doesn't forget that the reason you're here doing this is precisely because of Oldtown.
He knows that all too well too.
"And your parents are supportive of your decision to study law?"
Slight surprise passes across your face, definitely not expecting that question, but you quickly manage to soften your face, though you still remain silent for a moment.
You try to hide any trace of bewilderment as you search for a suitable answer. And it is Alicent's same warm gaze that encourages you to respond.
"Uh… yes, my father is just as excited as I am about this possible opportunity," you reply with a small smile, being honest, "He has always supported me in all my decisions."
You respond without saying anything else and with sincerity, not mentioning anything about your mother.
"Well, I'm glad to hear that," he nods at you and smiles warmly, "And what about your mother, dear?" she asks with genuine curiosity.
Inevitably your whole body tenses at that moment. And an uncomfortable feeling settles in the pit of your stomach as you think again about how to respond.
You honestly didn't expect the conversation to get to this point, about how even after talking only about your father, you're still being asked about your mother.
And for a moment, you don't know what to say or what to do, but you finally decide to react after everything falls into an awkward silence and they begin to look at you slightly confused by your lack of response.
Until you decide to be honest.
"Well, I-I…" you bite your lips, "I don't actually live with her," you admit in a soft voice, avoiding eye contact for a moment, "And I haven't seen her since I was six."
Slight concern crosses Alicent's face, instantly watching you in regret.
"Oh, I'm so sorry, sweetie," she says sincerely, embarrassed to have caused you discomfort, "I had no idea. I apologize."
You're about to tell her it's okay, that it's no problem because she didn't know, that it's no big deal, but you don't even get a chance to speak when sudden laughter is heard throughout the dining room.
The tension in the air dissipates in that instant as everyone turns to the source of the laughter, Aegon.
He is visibly drunk, but still conscious enough to know what is going on around him and that is what is alarming.
Alicent, Helaena and Aegon's faces fill with bewilderment and disapproval, except for yours, as you watch Aegon in confusion, not quite understanding what is going on.
"Aegon," Alicent calls to him now truly annoyed, watching him seriously and reproachfully.
But Aegon barely manages to contain his laughter as he apologizes between laughs.
"Sorry, I couldn't help it," he mutters, his tone full of amusement and insolence.
Then Aemond at your side watches him completely serious, his jaw clenched and his gaze dark, holding back his fury at his reaction after you shared a very intimate and sensitive piece of information to you.
And Aegon laughs at it because of his own stupidity? Of course he's not going to allow that.
"What's so funny?" he inquires, expectant and about to explode.
Aegon straightens in his chair, a smirk on his face.
"Oh, nothing," he replies mockingly, "I just think she and you are perfect for each other. Apparently, we're not the only ones who have parental issues, are we?"
He asks watching his mother and sister, which makes Alicent feel even more tense, watching you worried and apologetic about the little show her eldest son is putting on.
"That's enough," she reprimands him firmly.
But Aegon seems determined to move on and turns to you again with a gesture of camaraderie, ignoring his mother's words and his brother's attitude.
"Don't worry, Y/N," he tells you with a crooked smile, "You can talk about it here and no one will judge you. All of us would understand, wouldn't we? We who wouldn't know about the subject of fucking neglectful parents with their kids."
Aemond's gaze becomes even more intense and his jaw tighter, watching his brother as if he could throw daggers at him with his eye.
"Shut the fuck up," he orders him, controlling himself as much as he can at that moment.
"Aemond," Alicent calls out to him worriedly.
"Or what?" Aegon challenges him, "She better know what she's getting herself into once and for all. With our fucking family traumatized by her own father who never cared about us."
"I said shut the fuck up," Aemond demands of him rising from his chair, causing everyone at the table to become alarmed.
Alicent rises at about the same time he does, and Helaena rises next, alert and worried, while you and Aegon continue to sit, he still unconcerned and you… because you don't even know how to feel about it.
The tension is too much, this is all unexpected and it's all happening too fast. And as if things couldn't get any worse, Aegon continues to talk and drink more.
"I'm just saying you two are the perfect match," he continues, his tone increasingly amused, "She doesn't have a mom and you don't have a dad, bro. Awesome, isn't it?"
Then it all happens too fast.
Aemond advances towards Aegon with a furious determination on his face that puts everyone at the table on alert, reaches towards him and grabs him hard by the collar of his shirt, forcing him to get up.
"Aemond!"
Alicent and Helaena immediately intervene, rushing towards them to stop them, but Aegon doesn't even have time to react before he finds himself on his feet, with Aemond holding him tightly.
"Stop it, Aemond!" exclaims Alicent, his tone full of authority and concern.
You finally rise from your seat as well, alert and worried, not knowing exactly what to do or what to say, feeling your pulse racing.
Then Aegon reacts as well, his face transforming into one of rage, placing his hands on top of his brother's.
"Get your fucking hands off me," he manages to say with difficulty.
"I told you to shut the fuck up or didn't I?"
"Oh and now you're going to hit me? Huh?" he asks, punching him in the chest with his hands, "You're going to hit me? And for what? For telling the truth?"
"What the fuck is wrong with you huh!? You fucking cunt," Aemond hits him back in the chest.
"Let go of me, you fucking asshole!"
"That's enough!" Alicent intervenes again, her voice firm and full of authority, "Aemond, let go right now!" she orders, furious, implying that she won't repeat it a fourth time.
The tension in the room seems to increase with each passing moment, as you hold your breath, watching Aemond worriedly, as does Helaena.
Aemond hesitates for a moment, glaring at his brother with determination, until he finally releases him with a tug, pulling away from him still watching him in warning and utter annoyance.
Aegon straightens, rubbing his neck as he glares at his brother resentfully.
"I don't need this shit. Enjoy your fucking dinner," he says grumpily, grabbing his bottle of beer and heading for the stairs, not giving anyone a glance.
At least your pulse starts to calm down when you see how it's finally all over, but you still watch Aemond worriedly.
"I'm so sorry, sweetheart," Alicent turns to you sorrowfully, averting your gaze to her, "What a shame."
"No, no, don't worry…
You start to say in a soft tone when Aemond's serious but definitely kinder voice makes itself heard in your direction.
"I'll wait outside."
The three of you watch him silently and watch as with nonchalant gestures he takes his car keys from his front pocket and with his face still contained in fury, heads out of the house.
With a lump in your throat, you turn to Alicent and Helaena, feeling the weight of tension still hanging in the air even so.
"Thank you so much for dinner. It was nice to meet you," you say to Alicent, trying to sound as calm, gentle and kind as possible.
Alicent smiles sadly back at you, still with her saddened and troubled face.
"It was lovely to meet you and have you come, honey," she tells you sincerely, "Still I'm so sorry. It wasn't my plan for dinner to end like this."
"I totally understand, don't worry," you say with a small smile, "We can always do it again."
You say and immediately regret it, but manage to soften your face in time.
This was supposed to be the only time you would do this, but you feel you owe it to her, to Alicent, as she prepared a delicious dinner with great care. She seemed so excited and happy about everything, especially about you coming that it is such a shame that this happened.
More than anything else that's why you say so.
"Of course," she nods to you, kindly and cordially.
You bid her goodbye with a gentle hug, then embrace Helaena as well, conveying your silent support through the simple gesture.
"If you need to talk, we can do it at school," she murmurs in your ear before releasing you.
"Sure," you promise, returning the hug gratefully.
You take one last look at both of them and head out of the house. And once outside, you feel a shiver run down your spine as you face the cool night air.
And there you see him, in the middle of the night silence and at the edge of the street, leaning against his car, smoking a cigarette with an almost absent gesture, looking thoughtful but also still a little upset about what happened.
You watch as he lets the smoke go between his parted lips and you, letting out a long breath, head towards him.
When he looks back at you, you too just watch him silently and he wordlessly opens the driver's door with a soft squeak and gets in the car, so you follow after him, feeling the weight of silence between you.
You too slide into the passenger seat and close the door, where soon the two of you find yourselves moving through the quiet streets of the city, the music on the radio playing at a low volume in the background.
And that's the only sound between you, the music, and even then it's a little uncomfortable.
You bite the inside of your cheek, struggling to find the right words as the tension lingers, but you don't even know what to say. What are you supposed to say when that happened?
But finally it's Aemond who breaks the silence.
"I hope you enjoyed the show," he murmurs, not taking his eye off the road.
You are momentarily speechless, not knowing what to say at that, not even finding the right words in your mind. Then you let out a low sigh, understanding how he must be feeling.
You mean… you went to meet his mother, it was a family dinner, everything was going well and to suddenly have it all end like that with very personal confessions that you had no idea about… it must be completely frustrating for him that you witnessed that.
"Are you okay?" you ask him in a low, soft tone, watching him intently, concerned and understanding.
He lets out a long breath, pursing his lips as he considers your answer, saying nothing for a moment. But when he finally does, he says it in a voice laden with weariness, regret and seriousness.
"I'm not even upset that Aegon said all that… he… he's right," he says resentfully, "I'm upset that you had to witness it."
The weight of his words falls on you, sensing Aemond's seriousness and frustration in his words. You watch his serious and weary face, the fury he is still holding back.
And for a moment, you look like you're not going to say anything, but after biting your lips, you finally speak.
"You don't have to worry about me," you tell him in a soft voice, "After all, he was right about what he said about my mother too," you add, seeking to offer some comfort, "I don't even remember her, you know? And honestly… it doesn't affect me nor do I care."
If your words caused anything in him, he doesn't show it, as he continues with his eye focused on the road.
But inside, he can't help but feel a little surprised and amazed at your ability to accept those circumstances with such calm and determination compared to him.
And finally he nods, understanding the truth of your words.
"I'm sorry," he murmurs, his voice barely a whisper.
You watch him with a soft and… slightly thoughtful gaze, feeling the tension between the two of you finally begin to fade, resulting in a warm and pleasant atmosphere for the two of you, as usual.
And unexpectedly for him, you take his free hand gently and intertwine your fingers with his, offering a small gesture of support amidst still the frustration he is feeling.
"I don't," you confess softly.
You don't say anything else and neither does he, hoping you can put this behind you. And all along the way, he keeps gently stroking the back of your hand with his thumb.
You wait anxiously, moving your foot repeatedly up and down, glancing from time to time at your surroundings and also at the screen of your phone, wanting to keep the time very much in mind.
The gentle morning breeze caresses your face, with the sun painting golden hues in the morning sky and listening in the background to the birds singing, but also all the movement of the soccer team training early at this hour from the field.
Everything seems to be calm, except for your racing heartbeat, where you avoid biting your nails and simply bite your lips in a nervous gesture, as well as the inside of your cheek.
Then you finally see Aemond approaching with his backpack on his shoulder and his face soft.
"Hey," he says softly, taking a seat in front of you, taking off his backpack and watching you carefully, "What's up? Is everything okay?"
Out of nerves, your whole body tenses and you avoid stuttering as you speak, stirring in your seat.
"Yeah, yeah, just…" you lower your gaze, playing with your fingers, "I just want to talk to you about something."
Aemond nods, giving you his full attention.
"Well? What is it?" he asks you warmly, not wanting to put pressure on you as he notices all the tension that is invading you at the moment.
But he honestly starts to worry seeing you that way.
And you swallow hard, with your gaze lowered, feeling the need to just let it out and nothing more, having that urge so you don't keep torturing yourself with your destructive thoughts.
"I was thinking that… maybe…" you let out a sigh, "Maybe we should stop this," you mutter, your voice barely a whisper.
And Aemond only watches you more intently, beginning to look alert, furrowing his brows in confusion.
"Stop what?"
You bite the inside of your cheek hard, completely flustered.
"Our fake relationship," you reply cautiously, watching him intently and with some concern.
"What?" he immediately queries you, "I-I don't-I don't understand."
"I think we've both accomplished what we wanted to… oh well, almost everything," you tell him knowingly, "But we've already put on a good show in front of the whole school, Alys is upset enough, and the cheating thing is behind us. We should stop."
You explain but in the middle of all your explanation, Aemond only frowns more, listening to you completely attentive, watching you surprised and incredulous.
"And the trip to Dragonstone?" he inquires you, with a serious and alert look, "That trip is key, it would be great for both of us to go together, as a couple."
You try to remain calm, but your heart is pounding and your nerves are getting the better of you.
"Yes, I know, but… do we really need to keep pretending?" you ask, "You've already saved your reputation, remember?"
Aemond shakes his head firmly, his jaw tense with mounting frustration.
"It's still not enough," he tells you seriously, "At least wait until after the trip."
"Aemond, I don't see why we should wait until then," you mutter, unsure, "We can finish everything now."
Aemond's expression hardens, his jaw tense with frustration as he tries to understand you.
"Y/N, the trip is in the contract," he tells you firmly, "And we agreed to finish everything until graduation."
You exhale, feeling the overwhelming weight of the situation that you didn't expect was going to get this bad the moment you decided to do this.
"I know, but I don't see the point of this anymore."
He becomes more confused, shaking his head, looking at you confused and now completely frustrated.
"What-what's wrong?" he asks you in a soft but urgent voice, attentive, "Did something happen?" he asks you concerned and interested, "Did something happen that I still don't know about?"
Oh God.
Fear grips you as you struggle to keep your composure and not let your nerves get the better of you.
"Or is this because of the dinner thing? And because of Alys' pranks?" he asks you worriedly, "If it's that, tell me. I-I'll find a way to fix it. You won't have to go to dinner at my house again and I'm sure I can talk to Alys."
"No, no… I-I…" you sigh, "It's not that-
He shrugs, looking at you confused and frustrated.
"Then what is it?"
Your heart pounds as you struggle to keep your composure in front of him.
Your words get stuck in your throat, enduring Aemond's still serious, worried and frustrated look on you, waiting for an explanation. But the feeling of panic grows in your chest and you resign yourself completely.
"Nothing, forget it," you say in a whisper, lowering your gaze.
You stand up and gather your things, slinging your backpack over your shoulder, just as Aemond sighs and looks more frustrated.
"Y/N," he calls your name in a tired gesture.
But you don't heed him, just focus on getting away from him,
"Y/N, please stop," he says to you in a soft but urgent voice.
But you don't stop, you can't.
How could you do it and how could you tell him that the real reason you decided to bring this up to your fake boyfriend is because maybe you are actually falling in love with him and the feeling is getting more and more intense, and you can't help it?
You just can't.
general taglist:
@melsunshine @at-a-rax-ia @jxdegodfrey @ttkttt @yentroucnagol @kate-to-the-ki @iamavailablesstuff @bluerskiees @urmomsgirlfriend1 @toodlesxcuddles @rosie-posie08 @iloveallmyboys @bellaisasleep @deliaseastar @cupcakesminicakescupcakes @dixie-elocin @lilostif16 @wickedfrsgrl @a-beaverhausen @a-beaverhausen @saturnssrings @ladythornofrivia @iloveallmyboys
#aemond targaryen#aemond fanfiction#aemond targaryen fanfic#aemond targaryen x reader#aemond targaryen x you#hotd aemond#aemond targaryen x y/n#aemond x reader#aemond x fem!reader#aemond x oc#aemond targaryen fanfiction#aemond one eye#aemond x y/n#modern aemond
299 notes
·
View notes
Text
Day 12: Breeding
...I would trade away my soul to choke on this man's dick everyday HES SO HOT-
MY NATIONAL FOOTBALL TEAM IS PLAYING SO THANK EVERY GOD U BELIEVE IN FOR THIS MIRACLE. (Ended up posting this before going to school)
cw. f!reader, breeding, husband!diluc, alcohol consumption, creampie (?), breeding n pregnancy mention
An heir. Diluc had always thought about it after mourning the death of his father. Even if he was still young, he knew he would need someone to leave with this empire.
That's when you came into the scene. A pretty lady who went every Saturday to Angel's share for only a glass of wine that you'd gulp down in an hour and a half if you found someone to have a nice chat with. That someone was usually Charles until Diluc decided to take the Saturdays to try and strike a chance with you.
And damn did he strike a chance.
Four years after your first encounter, you find yourself on the winery balcony, looking at the starry night hovering over Mondstadt with a glass of grape juice in your hand that replaced the glass of wine and 'Ragnvndir' as your last name.
He looks at you from the inside of his office. The dimly lighted balcony with a simple light and the moon.
He notices you. He notices the changes you made for him. He notices how you changed the wine for the grape juice so he could kiss you without worrying about the taste of alcohol. He notices how you gave your lifestyle a 180° turn: from being an adventurer to staying at home a bit more, enjoying the walks around the winery, or to the city and back, sometimes lingering a bit more because you couldn't contain your adventurous spirit.
But he notices the most important things. He notices how you usually stop to play a bit with the children of Mondstadt who asks you to play with them. He notices how you carefully and lovingly tend Bennett's wounds and how you feel terrible when you make his wound hurt while you chant a string of 'sorry''s.
He also notices the way your ring shines under the moonlight and decides to take the matter with his own hands.
He gets up and goes near you, wrapping his arms around your waist.
You jolt a bit before your hand goes to caress his nape. "Did you finish?" You ask with that soft voice that always soothes him to sleep and the one he could spend hours listening to it non-stop.
He nods. "I've been thinking, my love..." He starts. "Would you like to... start a family? Like... have kids?" He finally asks.
You turn around to look at him in the eye. The light shine in his eyes showing you how much he wanted to.
"You want to have kids with me?" You ask.
"Yes. Without a doubt, yes." He tells you and it doesn't take you long to kiss him deeply. A silent answer for his question.
[...]
"Haah... NghHn, Dil-!" You moan, the headboard of your shared bed slamming against the wall as he ruts himself into your overly-used cunt, fucking his three previous loads into you while he chants how this is the last one. Just what he said two loads ago.
"One more, sweetheart..." He pants, licking from your collarbone to your neck to leave a hickey there. "Gotta make sure -fuck- my pretty wife takes my seed. Gonna get this belly round and big with my baby... our baby, yeah?" He grunts, folding you in half as he keeps pounding into you faster.
You nod with glassy eyes, feeling dizzy as you moan loudly and roll your eyes back, tightening around him.
"Come for me, doll..."
He leans down into you, hiding in the crook of your neck to kiss it softly, leaving one or two hickeys on the way.
You grab his cheeks and kiss him, moaning into his mouth as you coat his whole shaft in your slick before he throbs inside you and stills his hips against yours cumming deep inside you.
"... I promise this is the last one." He says before he starts moving again.
You found out, that night, that your husband can be the biggest liar in the whole Teyvat.
#kinktober#genshin impact#genshin impact smut#genshin impact x reader#genshin smut#genshin x reader#genshin impact x you#genshin x you#genshin impact diluc#genshin diluc#diluc ragnvindr#diluc x reader#diluc smut#diluc x you#diluc ragnivindr x reader#diluc ragnivindr smut#diluc ragnivindr x you
723 notes
·
View notes
Note
hi, i sent in a comment back when one (not me) anon said they were unfollowing due to constant cisnormativity and gender essentialism in the polls. you didn't answer my ask back then, or maybe the ask disappeared since tumblr does that sometimes, but i would appreciate it if you would answer this, because i think it would be beneficial for everyone to actually talk about this openly.
i'd just like to ask, knowing that you may edit polls submitted to be more inclusive and clearer, why is the recent poll about preferences for a partner's pubic hair specifically for people with penises? and if there is another poll coming that's the same but for people with vaginas, i'm wondering why it would be necessary for a question like it to be separated like that. personally i don't see how that would make a big, or more importantly an interesting difference in the results. to me all it seems like it's doing is excluding intersex people and supporting this idea of "the two sexes" being fundamentally completely different from each other and someone's genitals playing a big part in defining people's preferences.
i'm not intending this as a hate comment, but as a genuine request for conversation around this subject, as you yourself said to the anon that unfollowed, that you'd like to hear about their side. i know i'm not said anon, but i think we're kind of talking about the same subject here, and recently there's been a lot of polls here separating people via genitals, and it's beginning to make me feel a little uncomfortable, in big part due to it implying that a huge portion of people here see gender and/or sex as a binary, and that people on the opposite ends of that binary are fundamentally different from each other due to their sex/gender.
apologies for the long ask, i just really wanted to avoid misunderstandings so i may have rambled a bit more than necessary.
Hi! Thanks for bringing up your concerns. The way I interpreted that question is that anon was curious whether pubic hair affects the sensation on the penetrating partner‘s penis, or whether pubic hair can be a hindrance– for example, acting as a barrier, or adding friction.
The original question was only aimed at people with penises, and I hadn’t planned on posting any variations for different genitals because (from what I’m assuming about anon’s curiosity) the question is so specific in asking about the sensation and/or logistics for a penis navigating around hair. I don’t think it would be helpful or yield any interesting data to post the same poll for people with other genitals.
In this case, I think my error was in not specifying “does a partner’s pubic hair affect the sensation on your penis during penetration?”. That’s the question I think anon was trying to ask, but unfortunately it was more clear in my and anon’s heads and didn’t come across in writing as clearly as I thought I was saying it.
Also, in response to the sentiment that there have been a lot of genital-related polls lately, there have been about 3 in the past 2 weeks, or about 3%. (7 polls per day; 49 polls per week; 98 polls every two weeks.) I understand if it seems like a lot, but the actual saturation is fairly low. I'm saying this not to dismiss you, but in the hopes of reassuring you that this blog is not shifting to become more heavily focused on separating people's genitals.
I got a number of helpful messages about the previous conversation on dyadism. I didn't respond to them due to some things in my personal life that limited my time, but I read them and have them saved as a reminder to myself when writing up polls so that I can continue to make these polls more inclusive of intersex people– I promise those messages weren’t ignored.
194 notes
·
View notes
Text
wish you were sober pt.2 | mark estapa
summary: mark works up the courage to finally tell you his long kept feelings. part one here!
request: yes / no
warnings: the second part to a previous story, i recommend reading the first part before this one. semi proof read, couple instances of cursing, little bit of angst + fluff
a/n: sitting here pretending he didn't just get hurt yesterday😃 also sorry for lack of posting it’s midterms and i’ve got lots of school work so bear with me!
word count: 1.08k
It had been a full day and a half since you’d heard anything from Mark. Although you had told him off, saying you were done, you had hoped he would’ve come to some sort of senses sooner. You missed him. You missed having him in your life, to the point you wished you’d said nothing. You honestly would’ve rathered staying in your limbo of friendship as long as that meant keeping Mark in your life.
The past couple of days had been miserable for you as you were stuck in your dorm room, doing homework and getting ahead on readings. Normally, over a weekend, you would have a hockey game to go to. You’d watch Mark play, and hopefully watch Michigan win. But you couldn’t bring yourself to go to Saturday’s game, so you instead watched online from the comfort of your bed, missing Mark's hold.
When your phone buzzed, you’d expected a text from you and your friends' group chat. Your heart did a leap when you read Mark's name on your screen. A text from him asked if he could come over. You wondered if it was just going to be Mark pretending as if nothing happened, as per usual. The smart and right thing to do would be to say no or ignore his text. But the prospect of having Mark back, hanging out with him in your dorm again, made you blindly pick up your phone and agree, telling him to come over.
He was there within a few minutes, a soft knock signifying his arrival. When you opened the door, his appearance was not one you’d expected. His normal smile-dressed face, eyes lighting up with excitement even if it was just another normal day, was absent. He looked somber.
You stepped aside, allowing the boy to walk into your room. He sat in your desk chair, leaning back. The space was void of any words.
You stay by the door, wanting to maintain the distance between the two of you. You know that if you’re within reaching distance and you fall into his arms, Mark won’t need to say anything because you’ll succumb to his touch.
“How was your weekend?” He asks. It’s suddenly as you feared, with Mark brushing past what had happened on Friday.
You scoff at his question. “Uh, it was fine, Mark. I did some homework.” You answer bluntly.
Mark nodded, picking at the skin around his fingernails. “We had a game on Saturday. I was hoping you’d go, but I kind of figured you wouldn’t. We won. Four nothing. Rutger had this awesome play where-”
“What’re you doing here, Mark?” You cut him off.
He licks his lips, looking away from you. He’s silent as he looks out your window, the orange leaves slowly dropping from the tree just outside.
“I thought about what you said…on Friday.” He finally says.
Your mouth goes dry, anticipating what his next words will be. You figure it goes one of two ways; he tells you he feels the same way or he tells you he doesn’t feel the same way and it’s the end of your friendship as you know it. You pray it’s the first.
“I was a douche.” He says. “I like you. I do. I really do.”
His words seem sincere but you don’t feel wholly convinced. “You said that, Mark.” You say. “But I don’t know if I believe you.”
“I understand that, but please try to.” He says softly. You stay silent, going to sit on your bed, giving Mark the chance to speak.
“Okay…I’ve liked you for a while now. Like, last homecoming, y’know?”
You do know. It was the first time he’d kissed you.
“That…that was…sober thoughts becoming drunk actions,” Mark says. “Y’see I liked you a lot but I was scared…I didn’t know what to do. So when I got drunk, I wasn’t scared anymore so I just kissed you. And then the next morning, I was sober and the fear was back.”
“Okay but Mark, I don’t understand what you were scared of. You say.
“I was scared you wouldn’t reciprocate, y/n.” He says.
You can’t help but chuckle at his reasoning. “Why would you think that? I did reciprocate.”
Mark bows his head, shrugging his shoulders. “Y/n… you’ve been in my life for too long. If I fucked up our friendship…I don’t know what I’d do.”
You run your hands over your face, processing his words.
“And you’re you! I mean, y/n, you’ve always been this straight-A student, and you’re so god-damn smart and I’m a fucking fourth liner with more penalty minutes than shots on net.” Mark says, chuckling as he reaches the end of his sentence.
“Mark…” You say. You finally lock eyes with him, his brimming with tears. You hop off your bed, standing in front of him.
“And I’m not trying to give excuses I’m just trying to explain why the hell I’ve been the way that I am.” He tells you.
You reach forward, running your hand through his hair. You wrap your arms around his shoulders, pulling him in. His hands find the back of your thighs, his head resting on your stomach. The pair of you stay there momentarily, holding one another close.
“Y/n?” Mark finally says. You pull back slightly, looking at Mark. “I want you. I want to be with you. Please.”
He pulls you down so you’re sat on his right knee. “If you’ll have me.” He adds.
You chuckle, bringing a hand to his cheek. Mark doesn’t hesitate to close the space, pressing his lips against yours. The comfort of his lips swaddles you as his hands grip your hips to hold you on his lap. The lack of sloppiness his sober kiss brings realizes the truth of his words. You’ve also known Mark since grade school and you’ve come to recognize when Mark is being genuine and not. And right now you have no doubt in your mind of how genuine he is.
When you break apart, you wipe away a stray tear that had escaped Mark's eye. “So, you’ve liked me since last year?”
“Maybe more like high school…” Mark says.
“High school? You’ve been hiding this since high school?” You ask.
“Yeah, well you didn’t like me then!” Mark defended.
You chuckle, brushing back a piece of hair that fell over his face. “Honey, I’ve liked you since the day you destroyed my sandcastle in the sandbox.”
#mark estapa#mark estapa x reader#mark estapa imagine#nhl imagine#nhl fic#nhl#hockey#umich imagine#university of michigan
378 notes
·
View notes
Text
Shameless
potential Snape x professor!reader fic?
Shameless Masterpost
so, this was just a thing i typed up late last night because late night snape cravings hit and i honestly just wanted to write something. it's not perfect, of course, but where else to post it but on this beloved, yet cursed site?! <3
i have a few parts typed up so if people enjoy it, i'll post the other ones. just a heads up, i'm not entirely following the book/movie, sort of just making it up as i go.. so please, do not come for me, it's just a self-indulgent fic at this point. :,) considering i have not really proofread this properly, forgive me for any mistakes lmao
also, i've made the reader a hufflepuff because i am one, and so it's easier for me to write .. also cos i feel like i suck at writing as other houses lmfao
anyway.. here we gooooo..
"You look lost in thought, my dear," Professor McGonagall turned to you, tilting her head in a concerned fashion. You wet your lips and turned to face your older colleague and blinked - a pathetic attempt at trying to ground yourself. She'd caught you daydreaming again. "Everything alright?" She questioned quietly, a kind smile picking at the corners of her lips.
You tore your gaze away from the subject of your attention and looked to the Gryffindor Head of House, who was seated to your right.
"Oh," Clearing your throat awkwardly, you nodded at her. She didn't look too convinced. "Just a long day, I suppose." You lied and glanced down at your hands that were clasped together in your lap; fingers fidgeting nervously like you'd just been caught doing something you shouldn't.
McGonagall didn't look satisfied nor happy with your answer, but she didn't want to press you - that wasn't her business. The older witch was respectful in that way, and for that you were grateful. You offered her a small smile in return to reassure her.
The older woman raised her brows in a disbelieving manner, her twinkling eyes studying your blank face as if trying to decipher what on Earth was bothering you. It felt like you were back in school at Hogwarts all over again, in trouble for breaking the rules or something similar. But you weren't, you were a fellow professor at Hogwarts now, in fact, you were the new teacher for Herbology. Professor Sprout had retired last year and Dumbledore had offered you her position, his memory still serving him well as he remembered you'd always had a thirst and passion for the fauna and flora side of magic. Before that, you were teaching Astronomy.
Currently, you were sat in the Great Hall with the other professors, waiting for Dumbledore to do his usual announcement at the beginning of a new year.
"I don't like it when you lie to me, Y/N." McGonagall gave you a sad look, placing a comforting hand on your fidgeting ones. She stilled your anxious movements and you sighed deeply. Out of all the professors at Hogwarts, you got along the best with the older witch, she had always looked out for you back in school and now. You'd probably say that Sprout was your next closest colleague considering you shared an intense interest for Herbology, so you were sad to see her go.
You didn't say anything in response to Professor McGonagall, you only sucked in your bottom lip and chewed on it for a brief moment before Dumbledore's familiar voice rang out through the Great Hall.
"Good evening, and welcome to another year at Hogwarts," He began, stepping up to the golden owl lecturn, his arms flailing about dramatically. "Now, I'd like to say a few words before we all become too befuddled by our excellent feast. First, I'm pleased to announce that Professor Y/N L/N will be taking over the mantle of Herbology, as Professor Sprout chose to retire at the end of last year. I am very confident that she will be a great successor to our previous Herbology professor." Dumbledore announced, turning to give you a warm smile. You stood up and smiled and waved sheepishly as the students and other fellow professors gave you a round of applause, all of them giving you kind and encouraging smiles.
As your eyes flicked round the table of your fellow professors, you got caught in the gaze of none other than Professor Severus Snape. You sucked in a quiet breath, feeling your body go rigid under his cold gaze. After that, you quickly seated yourself, focusing your attention back onto Dumbledore. Over the past year, you'd unfortunately grown a slight affection for the broody man. You weren't sure why, considering how short and cruel he'd always been with you, but maybe that's what did it. A masochist at heart, perhaps? Surely, that was unlikely for a Hufflepuff like you.
McGonagall noticed the tension, and she immediately leaned towards you, glancing at Snape. "Don't worry yourself about Severus." She hummed to you, offering an encouraging smile. Your fingers rushed up to massage your temples.
"I'll try not to, but I'm probably going to come into contact with him more often now, no? Since he will probably come looking for potion ingredients from my classroom?" You groaned, braving another glance at the raven-haired Potions Master. You felt your cheeks betray you, a light shade of pink tinting them as he met your eyes once more. You quickly looked away. If you were going to keep this under wraps, you were going to need to train yourself not to blush at such small things.
"Well, yes," McGonagall said hesitantly. "But I'm sure he will look to come knocking when you aren't there. He's not the most... socially adept man." She pursed her lips momentarily and you met her gaze, scoffing quietly. She let loose an amused chuckle at your reaction. "You know that, of course." McGonagall added, leaning back into her seat. You hummed in agreement.
"Next on the agenda, I would also like to welcome Gilderoy Lockhart as the new Defense Against the Dark Arts teacher." Dumbledore's booming voice tore you from your thoughts, and the name he mentioned caught your attention. Gilderoy Lockhart? Wasn't he a famous author?
You looked up curiously, trying to spot him in the crowd of teachers. There he was, standing proudly with a million-dollar grin plastered on his too-perfect-looking face. God, what an ass, you thought to yourself. He wasn't bad looking, but he just seemed to think everyone was there for him. Obviously.
"He's not going to last until the end of the year, surely." You commented, trying to hide the amused grin that was desperate to make an appearance on your face. Suddenly, Lockhart looked over to you, as if he sensed you were talking about him. You quickly wiped off the grin on your face and politely smiled at him, praying he didn't see your previous expression. It didn't seem like he did, as he just winked at you instead, making you cringe inwardly.
You had to refrain yourself from letting your head hit the table out of embarrassment. Gods, how many people just saw that awkward encounter? Surely the whole bloody school considering the man was still stood up. You slowly sink into your chair, wishing it would swallow you up.
The next day soon came, and you were up early in the morning, ensuring that the greenhouse-classroom was set up perfectly for your first class of second-years. You'd thought it would be fun to start off the year with an interesting and easy, practical lesson. So you chose to teach your students about the Devil's Snare - a dangerous plant that can kill if you did get tangled in it unless you kept calm and relaxed within it's deadly grasp. You were aware that Professor Sprout had gone over this last year with them, but you wanted to remind them of the dangers that this plant possesses. You potted some of the plant into small containers and spread them out over the long table, placing a small warning sign in front of it to ward off some of the more.. courageous students. Particularly Slytherin ones - you weren't discriminating against them, however in your experience they were usually the troublemakers.
"Professor L/N," A familiar, deep voice came from behind you, almost making you jump out of your skin from how deep in thought you were. Spinning around on your heel, the skirt of your dress twirled with you.
"Professor Snape, to what do I owe the pleasure?" You smiled politely at the dark-haired wizard, clasping your hands in front of you to show some sort of composure and confidence. Despite this, you could still feel your cheeks heating up as Snape prowled towards you slowly, his face still cool as stone.
"An unusual job change from being the Astronomy teacher to the Herbology teacher." He commented, glancing over your new classroom with a frown. The Potions Master stopped just short of a metre in front of you. Snape's cloak engulfed him, and you were reminded of the times you and your friends had nicknamed him the Bat of the Dungeons back in school. He truly did embody the look of a bat perfectly, making you wonder if he had based his robes off of one.
"If you remember correctly, I had a passion for both subjects." You replied nonchalantly, though slightly curious to see why he had paid you a visit. Snape hummed disapprovingly at your reply. Clearly, the man didn't approve of any student that excelled in any other subject than Potions.
"What can I help you with, Snape?" You turned back to adjusting the pots of Devil's Snare on the long table, retrieving your wand from your robes and casting a charm to create a dark rain cloud to sit atop of the plants to ensure they were comfortable. Snape watched you, clearly intrigued.
"I need some asphodel roots, if you will." Snape stated, making you turn to look at him with a cocked brow. He continued to stare down at you with a disdainful expression on his pale face, making you want to curl into a ball. "A student of mine neglected the task of retrieving some." He added with that look of disappointment still on his face. Snape's tone was harsh, and you could tell he was pissed off, this task was below him. Obviously.
You let an amused huff slip out of your nose, a smile picking at the corner of your lips as you just imagined the bollocking he gave that student for forgetting something so important, especially in his class. He instantly cast an angry glare at you, and you wiped the smile off of your face almost immediately. The man might not be your professor anymore, but he still scares the shit out of you for sure and you weren't willing to take your chances today.
"Ah," You nodded softly, avoiding his stony eyes. You cleared your throat and padded over to your row of plants, looking underneath the wooden fixture for the jar of asphodel roots you kept. "Brewing Draught of Living Death?" You questioned awkwardly, trying to break the uncomfortable silence that enveloped you and Snape. A curt sigh left his lips at your pathetic attempt at making small talk.
"I'm astonished you know what I require it for, Professor L/N, considering you were rather... academically inept in your potion classes." Professor Snape said coldly, making your jaw clench. It was no secret, you were shit at potions, and Snape always made sure you were aware of it when you were in school. Again, why were you crushing on this cruel man? The word 'masochist' came to mind again. Nonetheless, why were you even helping him? He clearly has no respect for you.
As you continued digging through your storage unit, you finally spotted the jar of asphodel root behind some empty, dusty jars. You retrieved it quickly, suddenly wanting Snape to leave as quickly as possible. After his cruel comment you weren't exactly inclined to keep his company.
As Snape held out his hand demandingly to take the jar from your grasp, you whipped it away with a fierce frown on your face. You may be a shy, little Hufflepuff, but you did not like it when people spoke rudely to you.
"You know, it helps a lot when you have a teacher you like." You said to Snape, holding his cold gaze. It's true, you're more likely to enjoy and perform better in a subject if you like the teacher that is teaching it.
"I did not come here to squabble with you, Miss L/N." Snape rolled his eyes, reaching again for the jar in your hands but you held it closer to your body. You clenched your jaw as he disregarded your title. He wasn't stupid, he was clearly doing it to get under your skin, and it was working.
"It would suit you better to respect the people that are willing to help you, Snape." You bit back at him with narrowed eyes. You passed the jar to him hesitantly, balling your fists in a small fit of rage as he took it from you. "And it's Professor L/N. I'm not your student anymore."
Snape arched a disapproving brow at you, turning around to sweep out of your classroom, his black cloak billowing out behind him like a bat. Gods, he was infuriating! You wondered how the hell the other professors have dealt with him all these years. The bastard didn't even thank you either!
He'd left you in a sour mood, and now you had only ten minutes until your class of second-years arrived. What a git.
part 2!
there it is,, i hope you enjoyed this late night idea, let me know if you did with a like or a comment, whichever you prefer. then again, you don't need to do either! 🩷 :)
#severus snape#severus x reader#severus snape x reader#snape x reader#snape#pro snape#professor severus snape x reader#professor snape#professor severus snape#pro severus#pro severus snape#severus snape x professor!reader#professor!reader#harry potter#harry potter fic#hp fandom#hp#hp fanfic#snape fandom#severus snape fandom
573 notes
·
View notes
Text
LOVE IN A TIME OF JEALOUSY
kai anderson x fem! reader | 6.3k words
!! SMUT BELOW THE CUT !! do not read if you are not eighteen or older | oral sex (m receiving), throat fucking, unprotected p in v sex, anal fingering, mentions of anal sex, no aftercare, degrading (kai calls reader a whore, a slut and a bitch), pet names (kai also calls reader baby and baby girl), very hot and cold mixed signals, kai is a warning all on his own
not gonna lie, this one took a while to complete, and the ending is definitely not it’s strong point, but i wanted to leave it open ended in case there was anyone who ached for a part two where kai has feelings and loves on the reader. tumblr gave me a heap of issues trying to get this ready to post so if things don't make sense or if there was a warning i missed, let me know!!
Kai was pissed, to say the very least.
Sitting in his leather chair, elbows rested upon his thighs, hunched forward and legs spread open with a subtle bounce to the left, it was like they could almost see the smoke rising from his ears. The frown that pulled at his lips, the furrowed eyebrows, the tightness in his jaw — yeah, Kai was pissed. And they all knew the reason.
You were late. However, it wasn’t just that you were late. This was the third meeting that they’ve all waited in silence for thirty solid minutes, sitting on the floor in the uncomfortable anger that radiated off of their leader. It was almost suffocating, the awkward silence. Meadow swore she could choke on it, and Beverly seconded that theory.
“Maybe she’s just not coming, divine ruler,” all, but Kai’s eyes fell on Ivy as she broke the stillness, “I mean, she’s so hot and cold about this whole thing anyway, do we really want her here? Is it safe to have her here?”
Kai didn’t answer, and Meadow felt the need to speak up, “yeah, what if she’s out there, blabbing about everything, divine ruler? She’s nothing more, but a liability at this point, and I’m sure everyone here agrees.”
Then others murmured, and Harrison nodded his head. Kai’s gaze focused straight ahead, unwavering on a seam between wooden panels, but he took it all in. He knew you were a weakness to the cause, to everything he built. He thought about it nearly everyday — when he ate breakfast, when he was busy with the city council, when he watched you sleep peacefully beside him in his own bed.
Truth was, though, you never would. Kai had you wrapped around his little finger, and months of manipulation was to blame. If Kai said jump, you’d say ‘how high, divine ruler?’, and he knew it, too. Which is why whenever the thought of you spilling the cult’s secrets to someone crossed his mind, it wasn’t there for long. He knew you never would.
You were strong. The hardest it took to break down into submission, into a mere shell of your previous self. Kai enjoyed it, honestly — seeing you digress from complete independence to someone who lives, breathes, and adores him. And because it took so much to make you like that, because of all the time he poured into creating a woman devoted to him as a leader, he knew you wouldn’t crumble at the simplest of questions.
But, it was only that; him as a leader. You loved Kai, and he knew you did. He trusted you, loved you back in ways only he could. There’s no label here, though, and Kai couldn’t trust every man in the world to respect that you were untouchable, entirely his for the taking.
There were several opportunities to close the door, but Kai never would. Not until you were swollen with his kin, and even then, he debated the idea of getting a ring. What would his men think about him marrying? But, then again, who cared what they thought when he was their ruler? He ruled, made the rules, and if he married, so be it.
That’s not what he wanted, though. He simply just wished for your devotion, spiritually, physically, and emotionally. And though he’d broken you past the first, maybe even the last, that second wish would only be granted the moment he made it official. His girlfriend, or better yet, in your eyes, wife and possible mother of his messiah.
“Kai,” Winter broke him out of his thoughts, and touched his arm with her infamous gentleness, “they’re right. We should really consider cutting her off. Whether that’s kicking her out or killing her—.”
“Would you guys just shut the fuck up already?!” he snapped, standing up from his chair, and lost the staring contest between him and the wall. His eyes were nearly black as they peered down at his sister, and they only seemed to darken as he spoke, “you’re all dismissed. I don’t want to hear another fucking word from any of your goddamn mouths until morning.” He turned around to head upstairs, and slammed the door behind him.
Winter was the first to follow. She didn’t attempt an apology, but simply disappeared up to her room. Ivy was next, passing by Kai as she hurried out the door to her home, followed by Meadow, Harrison, and then Beverly who all, but ran to her car a few moments later. They left Kai alone, sitting on his sunken living room sofa, in the same position he started: waiting for you.
It would be another thirty-eight minutes before the headlights of your car peeked through the curtains, illuminating Kai’s face. The anger written on his face was gone now, and his expression laid flat— the only way one could tell were his eyes, and how they held nothing, but rage within them. Pitch black.
The jingle of your keys rang in his ears, and he grew angrier at the sound of each of your steps, nonchalant as they patter on each concrete stair. The lock turned and the door flew open before him, revealing you with a bright smile and smudged mascara. He remained sitting.
“Good evening, divine ruler,” you greeted as you tossed your keys into the bowl and shuffled off your coat. The casualness of the whole thing only made Kai’s anger worse. “What are you doing up here?” you questioned, and it was clear you had forgotten about the meeting entirely as a smirk pulled on your lips, “I was expecting you to be downstairs, tending to your—.” Kai’s speciality tonight was cutting people off.
“Where the fuck were you?” his tone matched his eyes, angry. The teasing smirk you adorned faded immediately.
“Kai, I—,” you rushed, but stammered to quickly correct yourself, “divine ruler, I told you last week I was going out to visit friends tonight.” You had. At dinner as Kai was stuffing his face full of the grilled chicken you had prepared. You should’ve known better then that the man doesn’t listen while he’s eating, just as much as you should’ve known better than to remind him of mentioning it before.
He stood from the sofa, greasy, blue waves framing his stern features. He towered over you, always did, and you hated it, especially like this. It made you feel incredibly small. His strong cologne, one that wreaked of tobacco, assaulted your nostrils, and a heat radiated off of him that you once found comfort in. A comfort that you knew you weren’t getting any of tonight.
“I’m sorry, Kai,” you whispered, doing all you could to avoid eye contact with the rageful, black globes that peered down at you, “please, don’t be mad.”
He was silent, and as he stepped forward, you found yourself stepping away. It was your natural instinct to flee, and you had hoped you may just be able to, until your ass was flush with the end table, and Kai’s hips were pinned against your own. There was no escape.
His hands rested upon the flat top of the table, completely enclosing you in his aura. It was thick with rage, almost suffocatingly so. Your chest was pressed against his own, rising and falling rapidly with every rushed breath. Breath that was intermingling with his, as his lips hovered above your own. This closeness wasn’t foreign in the slightest, but the goosebumps crawling up your arms it created in its wake were. And no matter how hard it was, you maintained eye contact.
“My people think I’m a fucking idiot because of you,” he spat, and his tone was harsh, but the volume was low, which was something you were entirely grateful for. “They look at me, waiting for you,” he paused and his grip on the table tightened, “for hours!”
You flinched. It’s nothing you haven’t seen before. Kai frustrated, nearly red in the face over the littlest of things, but it was something you could never get used to. Especially when you were on the receiving end. Maybe a few months ago, you would’ve bit back, stood up for yourself in some capacity… you were too far broken now.
“They think I’m some pussy-whipped bitch, YN!” he continued, “they think I’m risking this whole movement for some goddamn, sloppy pussy! Do you know how fucking dumb that makes me look, huh? Do you know how that makes me, their leader, look? When I’m waiting around for some whore to arrive home before I can spread my word?”
The fear you felt was boiling into rage, nearly matching Kai’s beneath your skin, but there was no fighting back. And if you were honest, Kai had said far worse things than this. So, you stood, breathing in his anger and bottling it up before murmuring, repeating for the third time, “I’m sorry, divine ruler.”
“Who were you with?” he asked, completely ignoring your apology once again. Suddenly, you knew it wasn’t just about you missing a gathering. Kai was jealous.
You were devoted to Kai. Even without the label, your fidelity was unwavering, despite whatever Kai believed. There was opportunity, and it was hard, but you’ve rejected each and every advance. And sure, you craved the exclusiveness, but maybe a part of you enjoyed Kai like this. It showed he had weakness. It showed he was human beneath that thick skin. Not to mention, the primal, possessive sex it resulted in was otherworldly. So, you kept Kai believing he didn’t have you entirely in his clutch, though he very much did.
“Just a few old friends,” you answered honestly, and it only pissed Kai off more. His left hand fell from the tabletop and rather held your waist. His thumb pushed up against the bone, pushing in, and you felt a whimper crawl up your throat. You promptly swallowed it down.
“Their names, YN,” he nearly growled, “what are their fuckin’ names?”
The look on his face made your cunt ache, the anger in his voice ran through your veins, and that rage you once felt in return was burning into lust. You didn’t know why it turned you on so much when Kai got so possessive. It was toxic, and you knew it as much as anyone else. It’s just the way he held you, his strong grasp on you and the closeness and the heat and his musk, it’s all overwhelming and it’s all so hot.
Debating on whether to tell the truth, or to speak at all, you finally opened your mouth, “why does it matter?”
A strong, irritated sigh left Kai’s nose, “you know why it matters.” You did, but you remained silent. “Answer the goddamn question!” he commanded after a moment of silence.
The grip on your hip was gone. He had dropped his hand back on the table, and rather pushed his hips against yours, sandwiching you further between him and the wooden surface. You squirmed. Kai was hard — you could feel the outline, the heat, of his angry cock pushed against your stomach. “Answer the fucking question, YN!” he yelled, and a thick wad of spit landed on your cheek.
“Ethan!” you answered, “I was with Ethan and Maggie.”
They were a couple you were friends with since middle school. It was always Ethan, Maggie, and you, even when the pair decided to hook up in high school and date in college. It had been years since you’d seen them, but it didn’t matter to Kai. No explanation could have mattered to Kai at that moment. You felt his cock kick beneath his layers. “You’re such a fucking whore,” he spat before pushing himself away, leaving you cold and trembling against the table.
There was no way Kai was done with you, and it would have been foolish to think so. As he paced along the length of the living room a couple of times, you remained, watching his every move like a hawk with blown pupils and glazed eyes. He brought a hand up, pushing back his hair from his face, and you could tell a million emotions had washed over it. Jealousy, anger, sadness… You opened your mouth to say something, but were cut off by his hands engulfing your cheeks, and his lips were smashed onto yours.
Gripping the table until your knuckles were white, you kissed back as well as you could muster. Kai’s lips were sloppy, moving against yours in a rageful lust, entirely passionate with emotions you couldn’t even begin to comprehend. Instead, you simply basked in your own desires, your own lust which had clouded your mind the second his palms met your cheeks.
His tongue soon wiggled its way past your lips, immediately establishing dominance, and you let him. Smashed up against the table, smothered between it and his muscular body, you let his tongue roam around in every inch of your mouth, moaning. The heavy feeling of his erect cock was back on your tummy, the warmth of it all had returned, and though he was angry, it was everything you needed.
When he pulled away, you swallowed down a disapproving whine. A thick trail of spit connected your lips, dangling between the two of you until it ultimately broke when he opened his mouth to speak again, “did he kiss you like that?”
It took all of your strength not to yell, to not roll your eyes to the back of your head and groan. It was so frustrating, confusing. On one hand, you liked the jealousy. You loved the heat of it all, the tight grip on your body, the furrowed brows, the bruising kisses. On the other, you hated your fidelity being questioned. You slept, ate, and thought only of Kai. It wasn’t fair — after all you’d done for him. “I didn’t kiss him, divine ruler,” you murmured, “I promise, it’s not anything like that.”
Somehow, that’s not what he wanted to hear. “Do you think I’m fucking stupid, YN?” he started, “do you think I don’t know when you lie to me? I know you like the back of my hand, better than anyone ever will. You fucked him tonight. Maybe you fucked that dumb bitch, Maggie, too. You’re a whore, it’s what whores do. Now admit it, or suffer the consequences.”
“I’ve never lied to you, Kai,” you stated, and you felt the tremble of his cock beneath his jeans at your words, “and I’m not about to start tonight. I didn’t fuck Ethan, I didn’t fuck Maggie, and I’m not a whore. Give me whatever punishment you see fit, but let it be known that I am devoted, and that devotion to you, divine ruler, is unwavering. You’d be punishing the innocent.”
His lips were back on yours with no further words. Bracing yourself on his shoulders, fingers curling against the muscles there, you kissed back. Bruises were sure to appear in the wake of his hands as they gripped your hips. The kiss was nothing short of passionate, as his tongue slipped past your puffy lips and made itself at home again. You whimpered into it, giving up whatever strength you had left tonight, and completely submitted there.
His taste was overwhelming now. You couldn’t quite place your finger on just what flavors were dancing on your tongue — it was just Kai. And it was intoxicating all in itself. As tongues rubbed along each other, his harsh while yours simply just ached to be against his, he groaned. His nose was smashed against your cheek, lips moving with fever that you just couldn’t keep up with. He pulled away again.
“I’m sorry, divine ruler,” you whispered, meeting his eyes, your own still glazed over, “please, forgive me. I promise, this won’t happen again. I’ll never be late again. I’ll never leave your side.”
His cock twitched, you felt it again against your tummy. He didn’t say anything in return, but he didn’t need to. You knew he wasn’t satisfied with just an apology, he never would be. His hands began to guide your hips, away from the table, and headed towards the stairs. You obliged.
Your steps were wobbly, stumbling as a strong hand left your right hip to open the door to lead the both of you downstairs. Another whimper crawled up your throat as his second hand fell to his side, waiting for you to make the trip to his bedroom first. You loved his hands, his powerful grasp. It made you dizzy, and made your cunt ache. Whenever it disappeared — didn’t matter if you had it for a while or just a few split seconds — it left you feeling like a newborn deer.
You could feel his gaze on your back as you gripped the handrail and made your way to the all too familiar den at the bottom of the stairs. His steps were heavy behind yours, and it was something about just hearing the solid step of his boots growing closer and closer… Once he reached the bottom, his hands were back on your hips, this time from behind. His hips were pressed firmly against your ass, and you could feel the thick outline of his cock again, pushing between your clothed cheeks as he walked with you to the bedroom. You didn’t know if it was for the better or for the worse that he still hadn’t said a word.
Once you were at the foot of the bed, his hand left your hip. Rather, it settled just below your shoulder blades and pushed, causing you to crash face first on the spring-filled mattress. Your lips trembled as a whine went tumbling through them, turning your head in hopes to see Kai. It didn’t work. With his other hand still grasping your hip, and his pelvis pushed snug against your bum, he was out of sight — at least his face was. His other hand had slid from your upper back to your lower, forcing you into an arch, and he moaned. That’s when he finally spoke back up.
“Prove it then.”
Your brows furrowed, “wh— what?”
A heavy sigh passed through his nostrils, and you swear you felt the warmth of it wafting against your back. “I said,” he paused, leaning forward and further pushing his dick between your clothed ass cheeks, “prove it, bitch. Prove that you’re sorry and devoted to me.”
You failed at your attempts to swallow down your moans. Letting another slip past your lips, you asked, “yes, divine ruler. How can I prove it to you?”
“You can’t be that devoted to me if you have to ask how,” he bit back through clenched teeth, and suddenly, his warmth was gone. His strong grasp was still present on your hips, and his cock was still situated between your bum cheeks, but he stood up straight. You whimpered and clenched around the painful emptiness, shivering as your pussy began to weep into your panties.
“Lay down,” he commanded, and then his whole presence was gone. Taking a step back, he was no longer holding you, rather observing as you did as you were told. And when he found a problem with it, he clicked his tongue, “nuh uh, with your head at the foot of the bed.”
You obeyed, and had nothing to say in response. With your neck bent over the curvature of the mattress, you watched with an upside down lense as Kai looped his fingers under his shirt and pulled it off. Your fingers clutched the cotton sheets beneath you, pushing your thighs together in an attempt to stop the ache between them. It was no use.
Kai was beautiful. Even as those hurtful spats left his mouth, even as he made you feel so small he could crush you, he was still beautiful. Ethereal — with abs that could cut diamonds, and blue hair that fell in waves and perfectly framed his face. That’s why he was so dangerous, you’ve figured. Draws in the innocent with his Godly features, just to turn against them the moment they see beyond his looks. You watched his hand graze over his tummy.
Calloused fingers ran over the brown, thick hair that kissed his lower belly until they were met with the hem of his jeans. With a watering mouth, you watched as he popped the button and unzipped, allowing his jeans to fall to the floor. The blue, plaid boxers he adorned left little to the imagination. A little wet spot of precum staining the front, and the perfect outline of his hungry cock. They soon met the floor as well.
He stood before you, naked, which wasn’t a sight you were unfamiliar with. Wrapping a hand around the length of his dick, and tilting his head back as he gave it a few warning pumps, you couldn’t do much, but carry on watching. So, you did just that, watching as he inched closer to your mouth, and finally felt the warm tip of his cock hit your lips. It smeared precum across your mouth like lip gloss as Kai spoke, “open.”
Once you parted your lips, your mouth was invaded by his girth. A harmony of your whimpers and his moans flooded the room as he sunk his cock further and further into the abyss of your mouth, right until his tip was kissing the back of your throat. You gagged around it, which was met with a stinging slap to your cheek. “If you’re gonna act like a whore,” he started, voice raspy and lustful, though still harsh, “then you’re gonna be treated like one. No gagging; this isn’t your first time here.” You whined as he slid in further.
The hand that just slapped your cheek moved to your throat, gripping it as he bottomed out in your mouth. His thick bush of brunette pubes tickled your chin whilst his balls sat heavily on your nose. You didn’t have any choice, but to take a deep breath, and groan at the smell of his musk invading your every sensation. You closed your eyes — there was really no point in keeping them open when your vision was blocked by his length anyway — and braced yourself for the raw experience you were about to endure. Kai was right, though; this wasn’t your wasn’t your first time here.
Blowjobs were more popular than sex in your relationship with Kai, especially when he felt you didn’t deserve to get off. Your throat was trained to adorn Kai, so while you’ve never had him like this before, it was better than a virgin throat. He began to move.
A long, stretched moan left his parted lips as his hips pulled back. You took in another breath just as the thick of his dick slid out of the tight confines of your throat. You pushed your tongue against the tip of it, collecting the precum and swallowing it down. Your throat was already on fire. “Atta girl,” he praised, which may seem surprising, but wasn’t rare once you were in the thick of it with Kai. Add it to the many reasons why you love a good, jealous fuck from Kai.
You groaned as he slammed back in, and it stung, but you loved it. Hearing the filthy, guttural noises Kai was making, mixed with the feeling of his strong grip on your throat… you pushed your legs tighter together. You were sure there was a wet spot where your thighs met, staining your pants in humiliating fashion, but you couldn’t care. Right now, you were just for Kai’s use, and you knew it. You kept your hands to your sides, gripping the cotton sheets, and got Kai off.
His thrusts were sloppy. No pace seemed to stay for more than a few mere seconds before he was speeding up, fucking into your throat. His free hand ran down his neck, over his collarbones and down his chest while his head remained tilted back. He was heavenly, if only you could see it. Instead, when you opened your eyes, you were met with the sight of his flushed, shiny dick sliding out of your throat, and you watched as he pushed it back with vigor. You whimpered around his length.
A few more thrusts in and his hand released your throat. You relaxed a bit, relishing in the feeling of his hand traveling to the scooped neckline of your top. Rough fingers slipped beneath the soft material and fished your tits out from the confines. He watched them bounce as his thrusts carried on, and you closed your eyes as calloused fingers had begun to brush over your nipples. They hardened beneath his touch in seconds.
“Good girl,” he praised, and his balls tightened, both indications of his oncoming climax, “taking your leader’s cock down your throat like it’s butter… with the prettiest set of tits I’ve ever fuckin’ seen. They’re all for me, right?” You hummed in agreement. “That’s what I thought,” he responded before pinching your left nipple roughly. You arched your back, moaning at the sensation coursing through your body, so overwhelmed by the simplest touch, you didn’t wrap your head around Kai cumming down your throat until after he was pulling out.
Your throat ached at its newly found emptiness. Cum connected Kai’s tip to the back of it as your mouth hung open for a few moments, attempting to catch your breath, but you merely choked on the thick juices as they threatened to climb up your throat. You hurriedly swallowed it down, whimpering as you opened your mouth to catch some air once more, but were met with Kai’s lips instead.
The position was awkward — Kai craning above you, a hand under your head to aid you in closing the space. Your neck ached, but it wasn’t something you were about to complain about. Kai’s tongue was slipping past your lips, tangling with yours, and that’s simply all you could think about. Well, that and the ever growing desire between your legs.
Your hands have Kai melting between them as they reach up and cup his cheeks. His body language, once stiff and angry, softened beneath your fingertips. The only harshness was his stubble, ticking at your palms, but it was nothing compared to the rage that was, just moments ago, filling the room with its hot and stuffy feel. You could bask in that moment for eternity. To bathe in that gooey scene, where Kai’s only concern was to love you, and yours to love him. It’s moments like these where you remember why you do exactly. Love him, that is. And you do love him, just as much as he loves you. All too soon, though, Kai is pulling back, the moment is ending, and the air feels thick again.
“On your hands and knees,” he commanded, a hand wrapping around his dick once again, “now.”
Once in position, Kai pulled down your pants and frilly panties until they hit your knees. Then, he didn’t wait another second to harshly spit on your asshole. You shuddered, moaning as it soaked your rim and dripped down between your drenched folds until it landed square on the sheets below. A firm hand gripped your bum cheek, pulled it to the side and left you further exposed to the man behind you. His other hand remained stroking his, once again, hardening cock. You clenched around nothing, whimpering at the overwhelming emptiness.
“Hmm,” he hummed, and you swear you could feel his gaze burn against your cunt as he pondered, “which hole do I fuck first?”
Your ass was let go, but only for a moment before a harsh slap landed across it. A groan slipped past your lips, and the blood was surely rushing to the surface in the form of Kai’s large hand, ready to bruise into the shape. “I asked you a question, bitch,” suddenly, you missed the loving Kai you had a moment ago, “which hole do I fuck first?”
It didn’t matter what you said here. Kai would choose whichever hole he desired more despite what you say. You didn’t mind that, though — you were just aching to get fucked wherever. An answer was all he was looking for, whether he thought it was right or wrong. “My pussy!” you cried out, “please, divine ruler, I want you to fuck my pussy first.”
Somehow, that was the right answer. “Good girl,” he repeated and without another moment to waste, his swollen tip was passing through your folds. He groaned, hand returning to the globe of your ass to spread you open. The sound was unholy — you were so wet, enough to continue to drip onto the sheets, and as Kai lined up with your cunt, it squelched. “Holy shit,” he uttered breathily, “you’re so fuckin’ wet, baby girl. You really do love being treated like a whore, don’t you?”
“Mhm,” you hummed as the fat head of Kai’s dick pushed into you. A soft gasp pushed through your parted lips, followed by a moan slipping right past them. Your fingers tangled in the sheets, gripping them as Kai bottomed out. You could feel the heat from his balls on your clit and whimpered at the prickly sensation.
He stayed like this for a moment, simply relishing in your warm, plushy walls, and you swore you could feel the tip of his dick in your stomach. His hand was now on your hip, and the grip was sure to leave bruises in the shape of Kai’s fingertips. His other hand remained on your ass, practically kneading the fat of it between his fingers as he admired what was all his for the taking. You whined as he pulled back.
His thumb grazed against your spit-soaked rim just as the swollen, pulsating head of his cock rested at your entrance. If the grip wasn’t so tight on your hip, you would’ve thrown your hips back, pushing him back into the depths of your cunt. Instead, you waited in near agony, relishing in the little friction you were getting on your asshole. It wasn’t enough, though, far from it.
When Kai slammed back into you, you saw stars. Moans filled his room, both yours and his creating a beautiful harmony in the sex-filled air. Immediately, Kai found a rhythm he was satisfied with, nothing short of rough. “You like that, baby?” he asked through his teeth, and you could hear the smile on his lips.
“Yes… divine… ruler!” you answered immediately, each word strained between his thrusts and followed by a smacking sound from his hips slamming against your own. His heavy balls hit your clit, over and over without fail. The sensitivity had you whining, and it didn’t help when Kai began to push against your rim. When his thumb finally breached, you nearly screamed at the stretch.
It sank in and stopped at the first knuckle. You threw your head back, chin resting upon the pillow beneath you. Struggled moans and whimpers left your lips like a never ending fountain. They were loud, but Kai, like in any other aspect of your relationship, overpowered them. Deep growls, grunts, and groans rumbled from his chest as he sped up. He finally pushed his thumb in its entirety into your pretty asshole.
His hand left your hip, and you could already feel the ache that took over in his place. He leaned forward, and rather groaned a handful of your hair. He growled as he pulled on it, yanking you up from pillows, the only comfort you found that evening. He didn’t let go once your back was firm against his chest. He held on tight as the back of your head hit his shoulder, receiving bruising kisses along your own. All the while, his thrusts were growing faster. His trusts were growing sloppy.
With a dropped jaw and wide eyes, you whimpered as Kai had his second orgasm of the evening. Pumping you full in a matter of minutes, leaving you with nothing, but only the subtle building of a coil in your tummy. He let go of your hair, and suddenly, your face crashed into the pillows once again. His cock left your achy cunt, and his thumb slipped out of the warm, plushy walls of your asshole. You could feel his cum dripping down your thighs as he spoke up, “flip around, baby girl.”
Once flat on your back, he tugged your pants and underwear completely off. You worked to take your shirt and bra off until you were both completely bare. His eyes devoured your body, pupils blown so wide you would have thought this is the first time he’s ever seen you naked. His cock was already hardening again, but you could tell his Godly stamina was running a bit thin. The tip was nearly purple, and the head had just a subtle bead of white decorating the top.
“You belong to me,” he stated, and no matter how much you wished for those words to be a lie, no matter how much you craved independence, freedom… you knew they were true, “say it, slut.”
The contrast between his caring ‘baby girl’ to the harshness of his ‘slut’ had your head spinning with whiplash. “I belong to you, divine ruler,” your voice was raw, fucked out, and even though your pussy was begging for release, you would’ve been content stopping there.
You were exhausted. As Kai inched closer, hovered above you, you could tell he was, too. Sweat decorated his forehead, causing the blue strands framing his face to curl just the slightest. His breath was hot as it hit your face, “tell me all of your holes belong to me.”
The wet, heavy tip of his dick rubbed against the rim of your asshole. You shuddered. “All of my holes belong to you, Kai,” you repeated, and every muscle in your body tensed as he prodded at the hole with the head of his cock.
“Don’t you fuckin’ forget it,” he murmured, and suddenly, his cock was disappearing from your bum. Rather, he quickly re-entered your cunt, leaving the hole sticky with precum. You couldn’t complain one bit, though, because his cock was buried deep against your cervix, and his thick bush of pubes was hitting your clit just right. You knew you wouldn’t last more than just a mere few thrusts. And he wouldn’t either.
Your hip fit snug in his hand, and his thumb pulled at the hood of your clit as he began to pound into your puffy cunt. You whimpered, now further exposed to his bushy pelvis as it hit your clit with each and every thrust. His other hand grasped your own, tangling your fingers together and pushing it down against the pillow beside your face. You squeezed, hard.
Your free hand was finding refuge on his shoulder, nails digging into the skin. He growled. There wasn’t a moment devoid of eye contact. His were nearly black while yours sparkled beneath him. Both held immeasurable lust, and maybe even a little love. His tip hit that plushy spot inside of you.
“Oh!” you moaned out, finally closing your eyes in hope to just relish in the pleasure.
Kai sped up his motions, attacking your g-spot over and over. “Look at me,” he commanded immediately, and your eyes fluttered open while your cunt wept around his cock.
It was all so hot. His breath as it wafted in your face, your own intermingling with it and steaming up the room. The coil in your lower tummy was burning, tightening and tightening with each thrust of his hips, each hit to your clit, each clench of your pussy. Sweat dewed on your skin, and the beads pearling on Kai’s forehead began to run down his temples.
He groaned, and you could feel his balls tighten just slightly. “Repeat it, baby girl,” he asked, an almost whine to his voice, though it was still gruff and raw.
The coil was close to snapping. Your clit was tensing up, your cunt was tightening — all you needed was a few more thrusts. “‘m yours, divine ruler!” you cried out as Kai rubbed the hood of your clit a few times. It was over; the coil snapped.
Your orgasm hit like one big wave. Your pussy fluttered around his dick, thighs trembled against the mattress. You moaned, too blinded by the climax to realize Kai was finishing off, too, pumping you full of his cum for the third time that night. You hadn’t even realized you closed your eyes once more.
When you opened them, you were met by the two hands, still interlocked with white knuckles and sweaty palms. You hummed, trembling still from the intense climax, as you moved to look at Kai, whose head was dipped between the both of you, blue waves dangling in front of your eyes. And suddenly, a droplet fell onto your tummy.
It was water, a tear to be exact, wept straight from the eye of the man on top of you. Before you could speak, or even move your hand to wipe anymore that threatened to spill over, Kai was pulling out. And it was only a moment where you caught a glimpse of those glazed eyes before he disappeared from the bedroom. He left you in a flash, the cum spilling over your folds still dewey and warm. You shivered.
Kai’s jealousy was a tricky little thing, but you had never ended an envious fuck like this. He loved you, he wanted you despite all the shit he’s put in motion to keep it from happening. You knew you had to talk to him about what just happened, but perhaps that was a chat to bring up in the morning. Instead, you pulled the covers over your shivering body, breathed in Kai’s scent that riddled the blankets, and thought about the one thing you knew for sure now:
He loved you.
liked the fic? let me know! comments, reblogs, and asks are highly appreciated and let writers like me know you want more :)
want to be tagged in the next one? send me an ask or a dm!
#evan peters#evan peters x reader#evan peters smut#kai anderson#kai anderson x reader#kai anderson smut#smut#ahs smut#ahs#ahs cult#ahs fanfiction#ahs fanfic#american horror story#american horror story smut
2K notes
·
View notes
Text
Nie Mingjue's Fatal Journey crying scenes appreciation post
There's no way I wouldn't make this post, but it ended up way longer than I intended.
Fighting with Huaisang
When is this man not tearing up?
This fight is so important for Huaisang's character development and the movie's themes, with Huaisang being ready to challenge and question the Nie ways and Mingjue doing his best to uphold those traditions and keep the peace through the only way he knows how.
But it's still hard to be challenged like this and to face the possibility that everything you've ever known might not be right, actually.
And this gif specifically is from the moment Huaisang questions if Mingjue even knows what they're there to fight and what this supposed great evil that will come to Qinghe if they fail to balance their blades even is. Mingjue has no answer, of course, I suppose he was only taught this and never had reason to question it.
But Huaisang is also talking about the disciples they already 'lost' at this point of the movie, and he says something along the lines of " You don't know anything, you only know how to bring them here to die" and that does it. Because it's both "you can't follow these rules blindly when they rely on sacrificing people" and "you've changed and I don't trust your judgement on these matters anymore".
And as he says it, Mingjue looks at their disciples and he sees the puppets for a moment. And Huaisang just questioned if the other disciples were really attacked by puppets.
So that's a big moment and Huaisang is right, of course, but he doesn't have a confirmation that this is the result of Mingjue's health deterioration yet, so he keeps pushing. And Mingjue doesn't really have a counter argument because he knows what's going on with him, but it must be very scary to hear it from the person you care about the most and realize just how much you're being affected.
(Actually, Mingjue has one counter argument and that is "Well, I am at least trying to do something while you're painting and living a carefree life", and he's not wrong either. Huaisang is right and rightfully harsh, but this is the first time he's being confronted with these difficult choices and all their family history. He can reflect on and question it, but his brother has been meking those hard decisions since he was 14, when did he ever had a break to question and change things?)
Which leads us to
The Talk
After seeing his brother sacrifice himself for him at the bridge, and then seeing Mingjue be so vulnerable and lost, that anger from their fight is gone. They can meet in the middle with "You are right, I wasn't thinking straight, this is not a long term solution and I've failed at changing our ways" and "It's not your fault, you did everything you could but you're not responsible for this situation" and it's very beautiful and heartbreaking.
Mingjue is so remorseful, both because he has condemned Huaisang to die with him and because he feels like he failed everyone and everything (even if he doesn't seem to know what he could have done differently to avoid all this).
And Huaisang's reaction in this scene is so calm it made me think this Huaisang is somewhat used to his brother displaying vulnerability around him. This isn't book NMJ with all his victories, this isn't a man who never let the Unclean Realm be conquered and who could afford to keep Huaisang far away from the war. This is a man who was attacked and subdued in his own home, who had to send Huaisang to the hands of the people who killed their father.
This Huaisang doesn't have reasons to see Mingjue as this unmovable force, he has seen Mingjue hurt and threatened and fearful; and he's now seeing him remorseful and defeated.
(I'm sure Mingjue telling Huaisang about the fact that he's dying and admiting his mistakes and insecurities is something new, especially considering their previous fight, but this Huaisang doesn't take it as a shock, because he knows his brother is only human and there's only so much he can handle. He even, like, explicitly says this)
And so he assumes this calm, reassuring and empathetic posture, because that's what his brother is asking for. And it's the most beautiful thing, Huaisang has so much love for him, so much empathy. And this is Mingjue's reaction to his brother's reassurance that it's okay if they have to die there:
I'm sure Huaisang is still processing Mingjue's "I only forced you to practice because I'll die soon", but he's so good at reassuring his brother.
Because Mingjue just told him "I am dying and I'll go as a failure" and Huaisang insisted "None of this is your fault and you did everything you could and more, and if I have to die here with you today, I don't regret a thing, and you shouldn't either".
There's no despair or anger that his brother is only telling him this now, there's only understanding and acceptance and so much love and they really knew what they were doing with this movie.
His people love him
Mingjue is so moved. He just admitted to Huaisang that he's not in peace with his accomplishments, or lack thereof; that he feels ashamed to face his ancestors, having done so little.
So I truly believe Mingjue doesn't consider himself worthy of this much trust and support. (And I can't ignore how this is tied to the Nightless City situation, where he led the men who trusted him with their lives to a dangerous situation and couldn't save any of them).
As we see in the confrontation at Jinlintai, that technically happens after this movie, that is still a very sensitive topic.
And here he has his loyal disciples saying they will follow him yet again, despite his previous 'failures'; just like Huaisang was ready to die with him. They have so much trust in him, and the way he's nodding a little here, just like he was nodding when Huaisang reminded him of everything he's done for their sect since their father died, is like he's convincing himself of it. That he can do this and he can do this right this time.
And yet
He fails again. And I don't even think he knows it was him who killed those disciples, like some people say. He doesn't need to because it doesn't matter. His men, who followed him till the end of the world, are dead again. And so is the hope he had of doing this one right thing before he dies.
Yes, he supressed the saber spirit like he had to, but they're still dead, all of them.
He falls apart, how could he not?
At some point I'm sure Huaisang his holding all his weight because he just gives up. There's only so much loss one can handle and that's way too much.
And look at the way Huaisang is watching him as he realizes something inside Mingjue shattered forever.
There's so much pain in this scene, it looks physically taxing and I hope people gave Wang Yizhou a break after he shot this. I know it's his job and he's phenomenal at it, but this has to mess with your head a little.
And hey, it's a Huaisang crying scene as well. CQL Huaisang only really cries twice. First he watches his brother have a mental breakdown in his arms after unknowingly killing his own disciples; and then as he watches his brother qi deviate and die, while unable to do anything to either stop or comfort him.
(And a lot of people said there's no hesitation on Huaisang's part when he rushes to his brother's aid when Mingjue is hurt on this post's notes, and that's true for book Huaisang too, because he runs towards Mingjue as he is qi deviating, gets hurt in the process, and still keeps calling for him, which makes CQL's decision to have JGY holding him back kind of cruel, tbh, there's not a Huaisang who would run from a hurting Mingjue regardless of the risks
But at least we have this scene.)
And that's it, I guess. There's nothing uplifting to say about this, really. He just went through a lot and kept shouldering everything until he couldn't anymore. I just wish book NMJ had gotten to receive the same love and comfort and acceptance from NHS before he died, I wish he had been able to tell his brother what was actually happening, but thats kind of the purpose of this movie, so I'm just very grateful that it exists.
It's like that post says, it didn't change anything but the love was there, you know? That's how this movie feels for me.
#nie mingjue#nie huaisang#fatal journey#cql#long post#now this is meta with gifs#sorry i can't even attempt to joke a little about this movie everything is just sad from start to finish#the gifs might look worse than the ones on the other post and that's me not knowing how to deal with fatal journey being so dark and green#that talk they have feels kind of like an absolution for nmj doesn't it#book nmj deserved that too#oh yes we have two tearing up scenes#one crying scene#and one bawling his eyes out scene#on a movie that is less than 1 hour and a half long so he's crying the entire time; really
178 notes
·
View notes
Text
Man Eater Hunting | JJK (m)
Pairing | Jungkook x Reader
Word Count | 46K (It’s a long one.)
Genre | Idol! Jungkook x "Man Eater”! Reader, Hella Smut
Summary | Namjoon’s never very aware of what he says when he’s drunk, and this time is no exception to that rule. Unknowingly, Joon creates a chain of events that lead to his youngest member actively chasing his best friend. All under the pretense that you’re an untouchable, unpleasable, man eater.
Index | sexual content, dirty talking, Jungkook also gets praised a lot so kind of praise kink (?), fingering (both male and female receiving, oops), oral (both male and female receiving), unprotected sex, sub! Jk for the majority, soft dom! Jk at the end, overstimulation, hair pulling, jungkook is so shy and flustered around reader, big schlong jk, jungkook pinning like never before
A/N | They fuck A LOT. Also based off my previous post: Popular Jungkook who is just DYING to get into the readers pants. But she knows this and can obviously tell, so she makes it her absolute mission to tease him to hell and back...… … and does his absolute best to make her cum until her legs give out.
Parties were never really your thing, in high school, in college, and even into adulthood, they’ve never been very appealing to you. The loud, head splitting music, mixed with human bodies dancing and slamming into each other, and lastly the stale smell of sweat and spilt drinks is enough to make your mind reel. Namjoon, as much as you love him, is lucky that you’ve even shown up. Granted, he did tell you it would be “A small get together with my members and a few friends.” As the house continues to fill with bodies, you now realize that he’s used his intelligence to trick you into coming.
There's happy birthday signs strung up above the door frames, balloons tied to table centerpieces, and shiny streamers littered all over the house. Namjoon himself is wearing a crown (that you bought him as a joke), and a sash that reads an obnoxiously immature BIRTHDAY BOY!!! that came with the crown. Admittedly, despite it being his birthday, he does look a bit ridiculous as he welcomes guests in.
From the couch, you watch and laugh at some of the guests' reactions to Namjoon’s outfit. Some aren’t surprised in the slightest, giving him a warm embrace before immediately making their way inside. Most people head for the kitchen, making themselves some sort of alcoholic drink before socializing. However, other’s are clearly taken back by his outfit, wide eyes beginning to question his choices. You can hear a faint, “How much money did it take to convince you to wear this?” from the door, causing you to smile. Namjoon answers with a heartwarming, “Y/N bought it for me.” This makes you smile even harder, watching your best friend since freshman year in college.
Eventually, everyone is filtered in and mingling, finally giving Joon a break from his hosting job. Namjoon is holding your hands, dragging you up from the couch before you even have a chance to argue with him. “Jungkook is here, you gotta meet him!” Namjoon yells over the music, dragging you to the youngest member you’ve yet to have the privilege to meet. Every time you’ve visited Joon, Jungkook was always scheduled to do something else. You’ve never really thought much of it, assuming that you’d meet whenever you got the chance to.
“Namjoon-Hyung!” Is yelled over the music, causing both you and Joon to spin around almost immediately. You can see the smile on Namjoon’s face even in the dark, Joon dragging you by the hand over to the voice. While you did hear it, you’re unsure of who it was as the mass of bodies collided with one another.
“Jungkook! I was just coming to look for you. I want to introduce you to my friend from college, we’ve been good friends for years now. Jungkook, this is Y/N, Y/N, this is Jungkook, the youngest member of our group.” Namjoon quickly introduces you, a bright smile adorning his face throughout the entire interaction. “Y/N’s met everyone but you, Kook. You’re always so busy whenever she comes around.”
“It’s a pleasure to meet you, Jungkook.” You smile, bowing slightly to him. He quickly returns the gesture, bowing lower than you.
“The pleasure is all mine, believe me. Namjoon-Hyung has told me so much about you over the years. You’re almost like a celebrity within our group.” Jungkook chuckles, earning a small elbow to the ribs from Namjoon, which he ignores. Before you can even fully register, Namjoon is being whisked away by another party guest. You and Jungkook are left standing awkwardly in the middle of the room, sharing glances but neither of you know what to really say.
“It was really nice meeting you, I'll definitely see you around Kook.” You smile, giving him a small bow once more before making your way back to your comfort couch. Much to your surprise, Jungkook is following you back, taking a seat next to you. As you get comfortable on one side, you raise an eyebrow as he occupies the other cushion. “Kook? What’s up?” You question a small smirk playing on your face. From the way he’s sitting, you already can see what he wants. He’s leaning back, legs spread a considerable amount, one arm is the back on the couch, hand just barely behind your shoulder blades. His other hand rests on the arm rest next to him, holding his drink.
He leans into you, “I’ve heard a lot about you, you know?” He says, his voice smooth and soft in your ears. You can almost hear the flirt in his voice.
“Yeah? All bad things I hope.” You answer back, almost allowing your lips to graze his ear. At this, you can see him readjust his hips to face you a bit more. At the move, his arm is now closer to fully encompassing your body.
“I can definitely say I’m not disappointed.” Kook answers back, “You’re very pretty, Y/N.”
“You’re very attractive too, bun.” You mumble, allowing your lips to graze his ear. You can almost see him melt, hips now continuously readjusting as you place a hand on his closest knee. Spotting Taehyung across the room, you smile slightly. “Your band members are looking at you.” You giggle, nodding over to them. Jungkook slightly untangles himself from your pretzel, looking across the room to them. Taehyung is staring at Jungkook, eyes slightly wide. You can see Jimin standing by Tae, but you’re honestly not sure if he’s paying you any mind. “Was this your plan for tonight?”
Jungkook snaps his head back over to you, quick to open his mouth to refute the situation. He calms slightly as you smirk at him, hand just sliding up the slightest onto his thigh. “I think they’re just surprised you’re here, don’t pay any attention to them.” With a smirk spread across his face, he places a small kiss onto your jaw. A small hum is enough to spur him on, another kiss being placed lower onto your neck.
“Meet me in the upstairs bathroom.” You whisper to him, glancing across the room one last time. Tae is still stealing glances, likely doing his best to see how Jungkook’s flirting is progressing. At the eye contact, his attention is quickly diverted to the floor. Jungkook almost jumps out of his skin, eyes blown wide at your suggestion. You offer a question. “Did I misread, bun? Is that not what you wanted?”
“No, no it’s great. I’ll meet you there, you go first.” Jungkook answers, sitting back on the couch to allow you to get up. You do, making your way past Tae and towards the stairs. It’s almost 5 minutes before the door is opened again, Jungkook slowly stepping into the room. For a minute, you truly didn’t think that he would come and meet you in the bathroom. Unknown to you, Jungkook just whisper-yelled to Taehyung for approximately four and a half minutes before hauling ass to the bathroom.
“I thought you said she was hard to bag!! She told me to meet her in the bathroom!” Jungkook answers, eyes wide as he stares at Taehyung.
“Well, I don’t know! That’s just what I’ve heard. Maybe she likes you!” Tae answers, looking up at the stairs to ensure you’re not lingering.
“Well what do I do?”
“Kiss her? Give her head? She gives you head?” Taehyung is throwing out any ideas from his brain, wondering just how Jungkook got himself into this situation.
Taehyung heard once, from a very drunk Namjoon, that you were impossible to please. A ‘man eater, but without multiple partners’ as Joon drunkenly babbled. Thinking it was funny, Tae told this to Jungkook (who was then determined to prove Tae wrong.) Truthfully, Jungkook wasn’t really expecting you to offer a trip to the bathroom. After being introduced to you, Jungkook was expecting you to shut his attempts down immediately. You’re much prettier than he imagined, your looks and sweet personality going straight to his head.
“So how do I woo her over?”
“Dude, she’s going to eat you alive.” Tae mumbles, pushing him up the stairs. At the shove, Jungkook slightly trips up the stairs as the toe of his boot hit’s the edge. It’s like sending your son off to war, knowing there’s a very real possibility of him being eaten alive. Glancing over to Jimin, Jimin can only giggle.
“Didn’t think you were going to show for a second there.” You giggle, gently grabbing his collar and pulling him closer to your body. “Thought you were going to stand me up.” You smile, placing a hot kiss on his neck. Immediately, he’s putty in your hands as a small whimper falls past his lips. “What held you back, talking to Tae?” You ask, placing more kisses to his neck and jaw. He easily follows your lead, shuffling over to the closed toilet before sitting down. You follow, straddling his thighs and easily sitting on his lap.
“How? …No.” Jungkook mumbles, “Nothing like that.”
“Hm, is that so?” You smile, pressing your body closer to his. You easily tangle your hands in his hair, tugging slightly. Finally, your lips brush across his, the slightest touch making Jungkook keen. Eventually, you give in despite your better judgment, smashing your lips onto his.
Easily, he kisses you back as if you’ve rehearsed it before. Each movement is precise, lips molding into one another's. You can taste the faint alcohol on his lips from his drink, a mix of strawberry and some other flavor. One of his hands holds your waist, the other resting on the curve of your ass as he pulls you closer to his chest. Without realizing, you're slowly grinding your hips into his. Each tug on his hair, each bite on his lips earns you a small whine.
“My whiny, needy baby.” You hum, earning another whimper from Jungkook. The tent underneath you is undeniable, Jungkook’s jeans clearly constricting him. “My sweet boy, sweet bun.” You hum, allowing your hands to slip underneath his shirt. Slowly, you rake your hands along his torso, feeling every inch of skin you can reach. “But, I’m not that easy Kook. Not sure what Tae told you, but I don’t sleep with every guy that gives me the slightest bit of attention.”
Jungkook’s eyes suddenly widened for the second time of the night, “No, no Tae didn’t say that. Nothing like that, I swear.”
“What did he say?” You hum, placing kisses along his neck. You listen to him scramble to explain what the situation is, obviously distracted as his hips begin to buck slightly against you. “Tell me what secret you’re passing around about me.”
Jungkook swallows hard before speaking, “We, uhm, we don’t think you sleep with everyone. W-we’d never think that of you. It’s the opposite actually…man eater.”
“Man eater?” You ask again, pulling a nod from him. You honestly have to fight that laugh that threatens to escape your throat. “You might get lucky next time, bun.” You smile, “Today though, I’m afraid you and Tae’s little scheme used up all your luck.”
“Wait-” You speak before he has the chance to continue his defense.
“I’ll see you next time, Kook.” You smirk, placing a small kiss onto the corner of his mouth before leaving the bathroom. Walking downstairs, you avoid Tae’s glance with a burning vigor. Your head is held low as you scurry past him and Jimin, darting as fast as possible into the kitchen. Quickly scanning the room, you find Namjoon by the sink pouring shots out. With a chorus of groans and complaints from his friends, you pull him aside. His eyes are slightly wide as he stares back at you, both concerned and confused.
“Long story short, Jungkook hit on me but I could tell something was up with him and Tae. So I made out with him in the bathroom and left him with a boner because apparently Tae and him think I'm a man eater. And now, I'm trying to figure out who told them I'm a so-called man eater. Hm, Kim?” He’s a bit tipsy, and isn’t exactly processing your entire question. Namjoon’s eyes are wide as he stares back at you.
“You made out…with Jungkook?” He points an accusatory finger at you.
“Yes, I just said that.”
“And he liked it? He got a boner?? He likes you then!”
“Yes, maybe? I don't know. Listen,” You’re a bit shocked at the lack of understanding, so you reiterate. “Namjoon, did you tell them I'm a man eater?”
“Sober? No.” Namjoon states, pausing to think. “Drunk… maybe.” Maybe? What does he mean by maybe?
“Namjoon…”
“What? You know how I am when I’m drunk, I like to share my infinite knowledge with my friends.” He laughs at himself, half expecting you to laugh with him. Instead, you stare at him with a sense of disbelief. “Okay, fine. I think it was new year and it was only me, Tae and Yoongi I think. And I was kinda drunk, and I was telling them some college story about us. I think when we lived in that shitty apartment together, where you could hear through the walls? And it kinda smelt like paint all the time?” He explains, beginning to get off topic. One glance at you and he quickly returns to the issue at hand, “And I think I just blurted it out without realizing. And then threw up in the bathroom.”
“New years? Joon, that was so long ago!” You whine, fake strangling him as he laughs at you. Even if you really tried, you don’t think you could be actually angry at him. You’ve known him for so long now that you’re well aware that he genuinely didn’t mean any harm, and sometimes he just gets ahead of himself. “Okay, I'm running out of here before Jungkook has a chance to catch me again. Since it’s your birthday, I won't kill you yet. Happy birthday, Joon. I love you, I'll see you later.” You wrap him in a quick hug before pulling back, gently fixing his tilted crown, and then effectively booking it out of there. You assume Jungkook would be by Tae, so you avoid the stairs as you exit the house. Driving home, you try to convince yourself that it could be worse.
Tae easily grabs Jungkook as he sprints down the stairs, catching his elbow before he has the chance to scurry after you. “Kook? What happened? You get her?” Taehyung has the biggest boxy smile spread across his face, a hint of disbelief in his eyes. So much for you being a so-called man eater by Joon.
“What? No. Not even close.” Jungkook mumbles, hands coming in front of him.
Tae continues to hold his elbow, noticing the shift. Glancing down, Tae see’s Jungkook clearly trying to cover his crotch with folded hands. Jimin also notices the folded hands, mixed with the slightly embarrassed expression written all over his face. “Are you serious right now?” Tae asks, faking a gag as he rips his hand away. A small laugh comes from Jimin, furthering Kook’s embarrassment. “So what happened?”
“She sat me down on the toilet, made out with me, and then asked me to tell her what me and you were up to.” Jungkook mumbles, “and pulled my hair and called me her whiny needy baby.”
“That’s hot.” Jimin inputs his two cents, the three men all nodding slightly in agreement.
“So what now? Did you get her number, maybe she’s just not the hookup in a bathroom type.” Tae asks, smacking Jungkook's arm with a smile.
“All she said is she’ll see me next time, so that’s good I guess?” Jungkook groans, “Tae, she’s hot. Like really, really hot.”
As the next couple of weeks progress, Jungkook thinks that he’s never going to see you again. Purposely, he’s been going to group hangouts just on the off chance you come to one of them. The members notice this right away, teasing him out of a confession. Admittedly, the confession still doesn't stop the teasing. Jimin and Tae act as Kook’s wing men from then on, both slightly shocked that his liking to you wasn’t just a one time thing. When Jungkook mumbled, I think I kinda maybe like Y/N, Jimin and Tae shared a glance that could have conveyed 1000 words.
To save him the embarrassment, the two of them take turns going to group events just on the off chance that you show. Jokingly, they made a 3 way pinky promise to text the group chat the second they catch sight of you. The group chat, consisting of the three of them, is called Mission Y/N : Kook’s Man Eater. (Jungkook’s complaints were met by deaf ears, and he was outvoted 2 to 1.) It’s a random Saturday night when the group chat is pinged (Jungkook even turned on notifications), the message “Hottie spotted, Yoongi, Joon, her and me at karaoke bar” from Jimin on his screen.
Jungkook gets ready like a madman, doing his absolute best to put on an attractive outfit. This includes his signature chunky boots matches with various accessories. Before even replying to the group chat, Jungkook is running out of his house. Jungkook shows up relatively unannounced, shocking everyone slightly as he steps into the room. Jimin is the least surprised, Yoongi the most as he shouts “When did you show up?!” over the music. The commotion causes you to look over, honestly slightly surprised to see him too. Looking at Joon, he just shrugs it off, continuing to belt into a microphone.
Everyone settles down, all taking their respective seats. Jungkook sits in between Joon and Jimin, you on the other side of Joon, and then Yoongi on your other side. Jungkook can’t even convey how badly he wants to switch places with Joon, but he doesn’t mention it. It’s not until Yoongi and Joon stand up, declaring “We ordered more drinks, but we’re gonna go help the staff grab them. We ordered a lot,” that Jungkook has a chance to interact with you. Seeing the obvious opportunity, Jimin delivers a slap to Jungkook’s back before following the two of them out, mumbling a small “I’ll help!”
“Thought Joon said you weren’t gonna come?” You laugh, taking the chance to slide closer to Jungkook. He’s cute when he’s flustered, doing his best to maintain his composure and come up with answers that make sense. He looks good underneath the flashing lights, his piercings and jewelry sparkling whenever the light catches them. “You look good tonight, bun.”
The pet name immediately shoots to his core, a small hum falling past his lips. “Couldn’t miss you being here.” he smiles, wrapping an arm around you and pulling you closer to his body.
“Think your luck is better today?” You smile, kissing his jaw.
“I really want it to be.” Jungkook mumbles, almost sounding like a whine.
“Surely not in the karaoke room?” You smile, leaning up to place a kiss onto his lips. His eyes are slightly hooded, taking and relishing in whatever touch you give him. He’s extremely sensitive as you slip your hand underneath the slightly unbuttoned shirt, gently pinching a nipple. His chest pushes forward against your hand, seeking more touch. “How’d you deal last time, find someone to sleep with besides me?” You tease, allowing your hand to fall to his lap. “Are you always this easy to rile up or do you just really like me?” You smile, gently grinding the palm of your hand into him.
Jungkook let’s out a small moan, allowing his head to fall into the crook of your neck to muffle himself. “No, just really like you.” He admits, face flushing a bright red. Before you have another chance to tease him, he speaks up, “Let me take you on a date, please.”
“A date?” you smile, grinding your palm with a bit more pressure. “I thought you just wanted to fuck?” You laugh, watching as Jungkook pulls his face back slightly, heavy eyes staring at you as if his life depends on it.
“Please, I wanna take you out. Anywhere you want, anytime.” He mumbles, leaning forward. Your lips easily connect, Jungkook is eager to taste you.
Pulling back, you’re met with puppy eyes that search for any sign of wrongdoing. Quickly reassuring him, you pull your phone out. “I guess it could be fun, I don't know about anytime though, Mr. idol.” He doesn't respond to the tease immediately, focused on inputting his number into your phone. Looking at the name, you giggle slightly. It reads Jungkook (Namjoon’s group member.) “Oh Kook,” You laugh, changing it to “kook” with a bunny emoji next to it. You also send him a quick text so he has your number.
“Also for you, anytime.” Your lips meet again before you can even fully register it, Jungkook easily uses his strength to hoist you onto his lap. Jungkook’s hands are immediately resting on your ass, kneading the flesh underneath his palms as much as he can given your outfit. Your hands tangle in his hair once again, pulling and tugging on his soft locks. Each tug makes him release a small groan, encouraging you to continue doing it.
“What if we walk in and they’re butt ass naked-” that’s definitely Jimin
“They won't be, shut up.” then Yoongi
“Ew, don’t talk about my friend like that.” and lastly, poor Namjoon.
The two of you almost shove each other away, you’re adjusting your clothes and Jungkook furiously tries to finger brush his hair out. You could honestly laugh if the other guys weren’t currently walking into the room. “Ugh, finally!” you complain, getting up and grabbing a cocktail off of Namjoon’s tray. “You guys couldn’t have taken longer even if you tried.” You laugh, resuming your spot on the sofa. Namjoon and Yoongi are immediately arguing with you, making you laugh.
Jimin is eyeing Jungkook, trying to figure out if the two of you just sat in silence the entire time. If you did, Jimin would honestly feel bad for the two of you. After setting down the tray and taking his seat next to Kook, he can see his lips better underneath the dim lighting. His lower lip is slightly swollen and red, causing Jimin to plaster on his shit eating grin. Jimin makes a mental note to text the group chat later.
With more drinks, everyone gets more comfortable and bubbly. You and Yoongi are singing and dancing with each other, jokingly holding hands as you swing your arms. Namjoon is dancing in his seat, and Jimin and Kook are swaying side to side as they drink. As the song winds down to its end, you grab one of the microphones before thrusting it to the general direction of Jungkook and Jimin. “You guys haven't sung at all, come on. Woo us over, boys.” You laugh, making Joon smile as Jimin tentatively takes the microphone. Jimin and Kook share a look of confusion, slowly getting up.
“Yeah boys, let's go.” Yoongi giggles, the alcohol finally catching up to him. You laugh as Yoongi leans forward, slapping Jungkook's ass before he has a chance to avoid the strike. Jimin immediately notices, moving far enough away to avoid an impending slap.
You, Namjoon, and Yoongi watch as the two of them pick a slow song, beginning to dance and sway to the music. You laugh as Jimin quickly turns it into a tease, gesturing to Yoongi before slowly dragging his hand along his face. Namjoon is next, Jungkook strutting over before grabbing a handful of his hair. The look on Namjoon's face makes you burst out laughing, Jungkook failing to keep his composure as he also cracks up.
You’re well aware that it's your turn next, Jimin releasing Yoongi’s face and slowly making his way over to you. Jungkook realizes, moving to Yoongi in the meantime. The laugh you let out is atrocious, Jimin spinning around so his back is facing you. Slowly, he sat down onto your lap before reaching around and grabbing one of your hands. With a giant smirk, he places it onto his ass. “I can touch?!” You laugh over the music, lightly slapping the skin underneath your palm. The slap makes Jimin giggle before crawling up, now making his way over to Namjoon.
Jungkook is making his way over before you even have a chance to recover, a giant smile spread across his face. He easily straddles your lap, knees on either side of the sofa as he sits down onto your lap. Yoongi lets out a loud whoop that makes you laugh, Jungkook smiling so hard that the corners of his eyes are crinkling slightly. One hand holds the karaoke microphone to his lips, the other snaking around to grab a fistful of your hair. “Oh?” you ask, laughing slightly. He tugs on your hair slightly, making you peer up to him. Your hands rest on his thighs, squeezing them slightly. Slowly leaning in, you think he’s going to kiss you before he abruptly pulls away, a tease through and through.
Him and Jimin make their way back to the microphone stands, finishing up the song. You and Yoongi let out loud whoops and cheers, Namjoon slightly shocked as he sits there and slowly claps his hands. You can’t help but laugh, reaching over to smooth out his hair that is still disheveled from Jungkook. The night basically ends from there, no one wanting to go up because “There’s no beating that performance.” Instead, the group finished up the drinks that were ordered while talking over soft music playing in the background. You learn a lot more about Yoongi than you previously knew, swearing up and down that his life experiences were the most interesting thing you've ever heard. (It may have been the alcohol talking, honestly.)
While you’re busy talking to Yoongi, Jimin takes the opportunity to whisper to Jungkook. “What’d you two do when we left?” Jimin whispers, pulling Jungkook's head closer to him. “Don't tell me that you just sat here in silence the entire time!”
“No, give me some credit, jeez!” Jungkook whispers back, rolling his eyes slightly. “I got her number and asked if I could take her out on a date. I think it worked because she said that she’d let me.”
“That's it?! No making out, no grinding, nothing?!” Jimin asked, mouth slightly open.
“That’s an invasion of privacy.” He whispers, making Jimin's jaw fall open even more. Since when?? “Listen, I just don’t wanna tell her business too.”
Jimin still stares in disbelief at Jungkook, “I’m telling Taehyung.” He says before whipping his phone out of his back pocket. This statement makes Jungkook laugh, shrugging Jimin's vague threat off before joining in on the group's conversation. It’s somehow trailed off into college stories, you and Namjoon laughing and jokingly slapping each other.
Once again, Namjoon opens his mouth just a bit too much and spills your sex life without even realizing. “Y/N was a complete bombshell in college, smoking hot, had boys wrapped around the block for her. Every single one was denied, apparently too fake daddy doms and unsatisfactory-”
You slap your hand over his mouth before he can even continue his words, a loud slap smack filling the room. You wouldn’t be surprised if you accidentally gave him a fat lip, but at that point it was little concern to you. “Namjoon doesn’t know what he's talking about.” You mumble through gritted teeth, still pressing your hand against his mouth. “You know how he gets when he’s tipsy.” You laugh, trying to lighten the situation. Jimin, Jungkook, and Yoongi all just stare at the two of you, Namjoon beginning to writher as you press his head back into the sofa. “Namjoon, I could kill you right now. I mean it.”
This makes Yoongi laugh, shrugging off the awkward situation. “Eh, understandable though. No one likes an annoying guy in bed, especially me.” This turns all of the attention from you to Yoongi, who realizes what he said as he’s met with slightly wide eyes. “I mean, theoretically. Anyway, I'm going to get going.” Yoongi mumbles, getting up out of his seat and collecting his belongings.
“It’s okay, Yoongi. No one’s judging here.” You smile, giving him a thumbs up in an attempt to reassure him. “Get home safe, call a cab or something.”
“Oh, for sure.” Yoongi smiles, throwing back whatever was left in his cup before setting it back down. The gesture makes you laugh before standing up, giving him a small hug before he leaves. The others follow, bidding him a goodnight with a chorus of Get home safe! Don’t throw up in the car!
The four of you stay, leisurely finishing your drinks as the night winds down. The horror that flashes across your face is undeniable, Yoongi sending you a video attachment. Without even clicking play, you can tell it’s your lap dances from dumb and dumber just from the thumbnail. Quickly, you push it out of your mind before anyone realizes.
In the karaoke room, Namjoon is almost falling asleep, head resting on your shoulder as he fights his eyelids to stay open. It makes you smile, gently reaching over to pat his head, “Joonie, you should probably get going. If you want, I'll come with you to make sure you get in safely.” You smile, imagining Namjoon passed out in the back of the cab. Before he has a chance to reply, Jimin is jumping up out of his seat and hoisting him up.
“Uh, we live in the same building anyway. So, uh, yeah it just makes sense for us to go home together. Plus, that way we don’t have to call two cabs…”
“...Right.” You don’t buy it, but you still get up to hug them goodbye, wishing them a safe trip. Once again, you and Jungkook are left in that godforsaken karaoke room. “So Jimin’s what, your wing man?” You smile, jokingly punching his arm. You find yourself sliding closer to him once more, easily wrapped under his arm.
“No, he just thinks he is.” Jungkook shrugs, a gentle smile on his face. “Let me drive you home.”
“You drank-”
“Like one, and that was earlier.” He defends himself, pulling you closer to him. Your lips easily slot together, and it feels like you can't stay away from each other even if you tried. It's a much softer kiss than earlier, lips slowly sliding across each other. Your hand rests on his lower abdomen as the other wraps around his back, hugging him slightly. “Plus, if I don't drive home I'll have to come pick up my car tomorrow morning.”
“You interrupted our kiss to say that, really?” You tease, pulling yourself away from him. “Okay Kook, get up and walk in a straight line.” With a loud groan, he gets up and walks from one side of the room to the other, placing the heel of one foot onto his toe. After he makes it across (decent at best), you get up and begin to collect your stuff. Jungkook secretly celebrates behind you. “You’re lucky I’m not a cop, I'd arrest you.” You joke.
You and Kook walk out with your arms linked, you embarrassing stumbling more than Jungkook. The car he leads you to almost stops you in your tracks, glancing up at him to see if he was joking. “Well, here we are.” He smiles, opening the passenger door for you and waiting for you to climb in.
“You’re joking? A Benz, Kook?'' It's a beautiful car, wrapped in a sleek black wrap that makes it look even more appealing. You almost don’t want to get into it, the interior looking just as appealing as the exterior. “You couldn't drive some busted up Honda?” You whine, slowly climbing in and trying to make sure you don't knock anything with your shoes. Patting your pockets to ensure you have everything, Jungkook makes his way over to the driver seat.
“What, you don’t like it?” Jungkook laughs, starting the car.
“I forget you’re rich.” You laugh. The two of you sit in the car for maybe 3 minutes, you finally glance over to Jungkook. It finally hits you that he doesn’t know where to drive, but you’re also confused why he wouldn’t just ask for your address. You laugh, telling him and watching him type it in. “You’ve gotta be kidding me.” You laugh as the map comes up onto the screen, directing him where to drive. “I hate rich people.”
Jungkook just laughs as he begins driving, extremely carefully you notice. You decide not to tease him about it, thinking it’s sweet. It’s not until you get to your apartment complex that one of you speaks up, in this case Jungkook. “Let me walk you up.”
“I’d like that.” You smile, nodding. Just as carefully as you climbed in, you climb back out. “Don’t make fun of my housing situation though, I'll rip your dick off.” You threaten, linking arms with Jungkook as you walk in.
“I’d never.” He laughs, letting you lead the way. You’re at your door before you know it, unlocking the two locks and stepping in halfway.
“I’d invite you in, but I'm afraid you’d like that too much.” You smirk, watching his reaction. “Text me when you get home safe, Kook. Goodnight.” You smile, leaning forward and placing a kiss onto his cheek. Before he can respond, you’re darting back into the safety of your apartment before he has the chance to see you blush. Just as he was told, he texts you less than 30 minutes later with a cute,
Made it home, good night :)
There’s a picture attachment, and for a second you think that it’s going to be some sort of nude. To your surprise (delight), it’s a picture of him and his dog laying down. You reply with a small, cuteeee, before allowing yourself to fall asleep.
On Jungkook's end, Jimin and Taehyung are blowing up the group chat. Jimin’s outraged with Kook's sudden secret-ness, and Taehyung is more confused than anything. There's at least 5 text messages of What happened tonight? What? What do you mean he won't spill the details?? Turning off his notifications (he has your number now), Jungkook rolls over before falling asleep.
______
The next morning Jungkook is sitting up out of bed, slightly confused, but quickly determining that it was a good night. In fact, he even pats himself on the back a little just as a personal pick me up. While he thinks it went well, he can’t exactly remember all of the details. He's flying to the group chat before another minute passes by.
What happened last night?
We don’t know, dipshit. You won’t tell us anything.
Oh, right. That definitely was a conversation Jimin and him had last night at the karaoke bar. In his messages, he sees a random number without a saved name. Examining it, it doesn’t ring any bells before he’s clicking onto the chat. Oh yeah, that also happened. Jungkook thought he wasn’t drunk last night, maybe he got more intoxicated as his alcohol digested, whichever one it is doesn’t matter as he sits there trying to put together the puzzle pieces.
On your end, you’re doing arguably better as you crawl out of bed and get ready for work. You have an early Sunday morning shift, thanking the heavens as it’s usually pretty dead. You’ve managed to get ready, make yourself coffee in a To Go cup, and remember last night's festivities all before the ripe time of 8 am. It’s almost a new personal record for you, walking out of your apartment door with a little more pep in your step than usual.
It's about an hour into your shift when the front door rings, signaling a customer has entered. “Hello, welcome to Mochas. What can I get started for -“ Looking up from the display case you were currently stocking, it’s Jungkook. “What are you doing here?!”
He seems just as confused to see you, glancing around the quiet café. “I just wanted a coffee! I didn't know you worked here! Why didn’t you tell me?!”
“You’ve never asked!” At the small commotion, a few customers glance over at the two of you. Embarrassed, you push the bickering aside and move to the register, ready to take his order. “Whaddya want?”
“Wow, customer service is 1/10. Bad yelp reviews all around.” Jungkook fakes in front of you, pretending to have his feelings hurt. It makes you giggle a little, which makes him smile. “A caramel iced coffee please, and whatever baked good you think tastes the best.” He winks, pulling out his card.
Handing it over to you, you grunt as it hits your hand, the stupid black card both heavy and cold as it’s some type of metal. “I hate rich people.” You grumble some more, making Jungkook laugh in front of you. You grab his baked good first, placing it into a small bag before extending it out to him.
“Oh, you can keep it.” He smirks, doing his best to send you a wink. Truthfully, it does make your heart beat a little faster but he doesn’t need to know that.
“I- Thanks Kook. But you’ve got to try it, it’s my favorite one.” You smile, trying to regain some sort of composure. Reaching into the bag, you pull off a corner before offering it to him. While you should’ve seen it coming, you didn’t expect it so early in the morning. He leans forward, taking the piece with his mouth and doing a very thorough lick of your fingers that held it. “Kook- don’t.” You vaguely threaten, watching him wiggle his brows at you. “Your order will be ready shortly.”
While making his drink, you threaten multiple times to stick your fingers or spit in the cup. While you don’t think he’d care (obviously), it’s a threat nonetheless. For the sake of your job, you don’t really. “Thank you so much, pretty girl.” Jungkook smiles as he takes the drink from you, “I’ll see you soon, let me know when you’re ready for our date!” He grins before leaving, one of his signature Kook grins that reaches all the way up to the corner of his eyes.
Right, the date that he’d let you pick the time. Texting Namjoon, you ask for their work schedule. While you’d like to test his promise of “For you, anytime.” You’d feel too guilty if you were making him miss something regarding his career. Namjoon surprisingly sends it right away, questioning your motives. Not having the time currently, you tell him you’ll explain the situation later. While you tell Namjoon a lot of it (you spare him some details about his youngest), you haven’t had the time to tell him about last night.
The rest of work is uneventful, a few people coming in every now and then. As your shift begins to end, you gladly pass your responsibilities to the next shift leader. It's only 1pm when you get off, finally excited to have a day that’s not completely wasted by work. This also gives you time to actually look over the group's work schedule, seeing that both today and Wednesday were open. Today feels too soon to see him again, and you think you’d lose your mind with how fast everything is progressing. Re-watching the dreaded video Yoongi sent you was almost whiplash, the giant smiles on both yours and Kook’s face were enough to make you red in the ears.
Pulling out your phone, you shoot him a quick text.
Wednesday at 7 sounds good? I’ll let you pick the place. :)
He texts back surprisingly fast (in hindsight, duh. It’s his day off)
Wednesday at 7 works perfectly, it’ll be a surprise. Dress fancy.
You think it’s too soon to say you hate rich people again, so you leave the texts at that and carry on with your day. Jungkook, on the other hand, is shitting himself. He really wished you would've just picked the place, because now he’s scrambling. The next text he sends out is embarrassing, and he almost has half a mind to rethink sending it on the off chance you see it. (You would tease him, for sure.)
Namjoon, please you gotta help me.
The next three days fly by in a blur, and you’re secretly cursing your past self for deciding on making the date Wednesday. You open at work, and get off at noon. So while you at least have time after you get off, without a nap, you’ll be dead the entire date. Jungkook sends you an endearing text the morning of, a sweet
I’ll pick you up later :),
on your phone screen making you smile.
I’m at work :((
You text back, expecting nothing to come from it.
What? You picked the day, dummy. I’ll swing by.
You could tell him don't bother, but you secretly want to see him. The bell rings continuously for the next 30 minutes, making you excited each time. After maybe the 20th ring, you don’t even glance up anymore. “What, no greeting? Wooowwww, customer service has gone down even more.” He complains, jokingly slamming his hands down onto the register counter.
“Took so long, I didn't think you were gonna actually show up.” You smile, looking up at him. He looks just as pretty as always, a soft smile on his face.
“You think that a lot.”
“Shut up, so what can I get for you?” You smile, preparing to type into the iPad register.
“Hmmmm, I don't know. How about you explain the entire menu to me?” He jokes, leaning down onto his hands. It’s an excuse just to hear you talk to him, and you can tell as he peers up to you. “Well, go on.”
“Is that a caramel iced coffee I hear?” You jokingly put a hand around your ear before typing it into the system. “And what sweet treat would you like today?”
“You.”
“Hmm, is that my favorite baked good of all time? Got itttt.” You giggle, also typing it in again. As you are finishing up, you can hear footsteps coming from the back. “My managers coming, if you still wanna talk you better act really pretentious.” You laugh, watching as Jungkook straightens up his posture.
“How?”
“Ask if we have any gluten free stuff, I don't know.” You say, this makes him laugh. Just as you expected, the shift manager comes out from the back to make sure everything is running smoothly. She obviously listens to your conversation with the customers, making sure there’s no issues to resolve.
“Do you have any gluten free items?”
“Yes sir, we have brownies and cook-”
“And vegan? I can’t eat any animal products, against my moral beliefs.”
“Yes, we only have one which is an oatmeal-”
“Is that also sugar free?”
The third question almost makes you laugh, physically having to stop yourself from giggling. The manager quickly understands the situation and almost books it away, which makes the situation even more funny. As the door closes behind her, you finally crack up. Jungkook is in the same boat, softly clapping his hands together as he giggles as quietly as possible.
“That was good, that was good.” You laugh, finally reaching into the case to pull out your favorite. You split it in half this time, handing him the half.
“What about my drink?”
“I’ll use my employee discount, I get free drinks usually. Unless they're, like, really expensive, but it’s just an iced coffee so it should be fine.” You smile, beginning to make his drink. You can almost feel his eyes boring into your back as you make it, watching every move. “It’s rude to stare, ya know. I’m not gonna poison you.” You giggle, finishing it up before handing it over. His fingers brush against yours as he takes it, making you smile.
“I like watching you in your element, it’s nice. I’d blow up the barista station.” He easily makes you laugh again. “You should come watch us one time, in the studio or on dance practice days? Or maybe a concert?”
“I think Tae and Jimin would giggle at us too much.” You smile, pointing out his little wingmen that are painfully obvious.
“No, no they wouldn’t. I’d beat them up for you.” Jungkook jokes, beginning to flex his muscles in the middle of your humble coffee shop.
“Alright, alright. That’s enough.” You slap his arm away from your face (he made sure to lean in as he flexed,) laughing slightly. He’s smiling just as much, making your stomach feel slightly fuzzy. “You know Jimin and Tae would tease us the entire time. Anyway, what should I wear tonight? What’s the dress code?”
“Fancy dress?” Jungkook shrugs.
“Heels or no heels?”
“Heels.”
“Red or black?”
“Red, definitely. It’ll match your complexion.”
“Jewelry or no jewelry?”
“If you want, yes. What do I want? Yes.”
“Alright, got it.” You smile, giving him a thumbs up. “You should probably get going so I can get back to work.”
“Nooo, I could sit here and watch you make coffee all day.” Kook whines, leaning over and jokingly placing his face against the glass display case.
“Heyyy,” You push his face off, revealing a Kook-stamp as you called it. It’s the faint imprint of his cheek left on the glass. “You’re making more work for me.” You faintly scold before wiping the marks off with a rag.
“Aren’t you going to be too tired for our date? If you fall asleep I won’t carry you.” He most definitely would. “You’ll be left in the passenger seat.”
“I’ll take a nap, dad.” You mock, jokingly rolling your eyes. “Shoo, shoo.” You smile, fanning your hands at him to get him away from the pick up counter. “I’ll see you later tonight.”
“I’ll pick you up!” He smiles, the bell above the door signaling his departure. He waves at you the entire time he walks past the windows, making you smile slightly.
Hours fly by like minutes, and the I’m here! text that Jungkook sends you makes your heart stutter a bit in your chest. Slipping on your shoes for the night, a pair of pretty tan heels, you’re grabbing your keys before swinging the door open and stepping out. Your motion is stopped immediately, slamming into something that almost feels like running into a solid wall. With a small yelp, you jump away from whatever it was.
IT, being Jungkook. “I thought you were downstairs!” Your heart is beating unbelievably hard, making you clutch your chest as you try to calm down. “You scared me!”
“What kind of date is it if I just wait downstairs, we're not 16!” He counters, making you laugh. After your initial fright, you’re able to actually appreciate him coming up to your door to walk down with you. He’s holding a pretty red bouquet, making you smile harder than you think you’ve ever. (The poor flowers did get sandwiched between the two of you, but they’re still in good condition.) “These are for you.” He smiles, handing them over.
“They’re pretty, Kook. Thank you so much. Come in, I'll put them in water really quick.” Jungkook follows you into your apartment, silently taking in all the furniture and decorations. It’s not exactly what he’s used to, but he almost prefers this to his own house. It’s a lot smaller and has a cozy feel to it, and he thinks that it matches you perfectly. “Hey, no judging, remember?” You threaten, making him laugh as he leans against the counter.
“I’d neverrr, plus it’s cute in here. I like it.” Jungkook compliments, watching as you find a flower vase and follow the directions on the packet. “You look gorgeous, Y/N.”
Glancing up from your flowers, you catch his eyes and can basically see the want behind them. 1) Inviting him in was clearly a bad idea. 2) Goddamn it he looks good. “Kook, it’s too early to be giving me those eyes, we haven’t even left.” You tease, “You gotta stop looking at me like that.” This makes him laugh as he straightens up, adjusting his casual (but still formal) suit. It almost feels like the two of you were going to a school dance together.
“Fine, fine. I’ll be on my best behavior.”
“Yeah, I'm sure you will.” Sarcasm drips from your words, making both you and Jungkook giggle. You can already tell he won’t, but you suppose that’s part of the fun. “So where are we heading to?” You smile, placing the flowers in the middle of the small kitchen island as you finish with them. You grab your bag off the table and begin to make your way out, Jungkook following you.
“It’s a surprise.” Kook smiles, grabbing your hand as you walk to the elevator. This makes you smile, the two of you walking to his car in silence. “M’lady…” He opens the passenger side door for you, making you giggle. You watch as he drives to the restaurant, trying your best to figure out where the two of you were going.
“Kook…” you mumble as he parks, a small smile on your face. It's the restaurant Namjoon first took you to when he “got big and famous,” insisting on paying for your expensive meal. There's a small flower garden in the back that guests can go to, but usually it’s empty. “You talked to Namjoon, didn’t you?” You ask, making yourself laugh as he has a sheepish look on his face. “It's perfect.” You reassure him, rubbing his arm.
“Let’s go.” Jungkook smiles, climbing out of the car and coming to the passenger side. He insists on helping you out, which you smile at.
“I've never seen you act so gentlemanly.” You tease, taking his arm as the two of you walk into the restaurant.
“Hey, you haven’t even known me that long.” He defends himself, making you laugh.
“Yeah, and the past two encounters we’ve had are you trying to get into my pants.” This makes the both of you laugh, Jungkook's smile never quite fading from his face. He gives his name for the reservation, the host smiling as she walks the two of you to a table.
“You two make a lovely couple-“
“Oh we’re not-“ Kook has his hands up as he interjects the host.
“Thank you.” you smile, cutting Jungkook off. The host smiles softly as she leaves.
“We’re a couple?”
“I mean we’re on a date, right?”
“Oh?” Jungkook raises a brow and has his signature smirk plastered on his face.
“Ugh, forget it you freak.” You laugh, opening the menu. It's not long before a server comes by, offering to get you started on drinks and explaining some specials they had for alcohol. The two of you agree on a wine to share, ordering waters on the side. While the server is there, you go ahead and put in your meals as you already know what you both want. “So, tell me about yourself, Kook.”
“What do ya wanna know?” Kook smiles, leaning forward slightly as he becomes more engaged in the conversation. He looks cute, it makes you smile slightly.
“I don't know, I'm sitting across from thee Jungkook of BTS. Some people would kill to be here listening to you talk about yourself.” You tease, leaning forward onto the palm of your hand. You stretch your feet out, linking them with Jungkook’s underneath the table. “Why’d you wanna join BTS?” You ask, shrugging as you start.
“Damn, okay.” Jungkook laughs. “I was expecting you to ask my favorite color or something.” That makes you laugh, but you don’t say anything as you let him continue talking. “Ever since I was little I knew I liked music. I like singing the most, dancing was iffy at first. And when I tried out, I had so many different companies that gave me offers. I was so young, so it was really overwhelming, you know? When I came to see Big Hit when I was trying to figure out where I was going to go, I met Namjoon. And meeting him and talking to him was kinda the final nail in the coffin.”
“What do you mean dancing was iffy at first, you’re a fuckin amazing dancer, Kook.” You compliment, eyes slightly wide as you’re a bit shocked.
It makes Jungkook giggle, “When I was younger, I was like a robot. I knew the dances and did them well, but it was just doing the moves. I wasn’t really into them.” He gestures, mocking the robot dance for a split second.
“I see, I see.”
“What about you? How’d you meet Namjoon?” Kook asks, reaching across the table as he grabs the hand not holding your head up. Absent-mindedly, he plays with your fingers.
“I think it was freshman year of college, god I've known Joon for so long.” You laugh. “I was walking to my morning lecture and this kid comes up behind me, stomps on the back of my shoe, and knocks it completely off. I was carrying all of my books, laptop and a coffee too so I just stopped, turned around, and stared at him.” You laugh. “He felt so bad, panicked and picked up my shoe, and then got on one knee and put it back onto my foot for me.” The story makes you laugh, Jungkook chuckling softly with you.
“That sounds like a Namjoon story.”
“And after he put my shoe back on, we just walked side by side to our morning lecture because we had the same class.” You smile, “Eventually we started talking more after that, and once we were able to live off campus he proposed we split the rent. I suppose he’s saved my ass from the landlord breaking down our front door for rent a couple of times, so it’s even.”
“You went to school with Namjoon, yeah? What did you get your degree in?”
“I got a couple, but mainly journalism, advertising, writing stuff. Kinda boring.” You giggle. “I get to sit at home now and edit articles all day for work, so I love my degree.”
“Wait, but you work at a coffee shop?”
“Hey, sitting at home and editing stories gets boring after a while.” You defend.
“Namjoon told me you were super smart back in college and that’s why the two of you got along so much.” Jungkook smiles.
“We got along because I'd fix everything he broke in an accident.” You laugh. “What do you do at work, besides singing and dancing around?”
“Eh, sponsors want us to take pictures with their stuff. We record videos for our army, demo songs, sometimes record bigger things like bon voyage packages.” Jungkook shrugs. “It’s a lot but it’s not really a big deal-”
You scoff at this, shaking your head. “So humble, Kook.” You smile, playing back with his fingers. “You guys are so famous now, it’s crazy. I can’t even walk around the city without seeing Joon's face somewhere.”
Jungkook nods, “Yeah, we are pretty popular. It’s crazy, you know, we just wanted to make music.”
You nod, following along. “I feel like a proud mom sometimes, seeing you guys do so well. Watching you guys grow up and grow with Joon, it’s like surreal.” Your food comes soon after that, the conversation being cut for now. “Remind me to ask you about the whole Tae, Kook, Jimin group that is going on too.”
Poor Jungkook chokes on his food as the two of you begin eating. The conversation is very minimal over dinner, the two of you eating the food that was brought out. At the end, Jungkook pays the bill before you even have the chance to pull up your bag, making you complain. “What date is it if the guy doesn’t pay?” He counters.
“I’m telling the news outlets you're misogynist.” That makes him let out a hearty laugh, not quite expecting you to say that. “Can we walk in the garden!?”
“Of course,” Jungkook smiles, getting up from the table and offering you an arm. Jungkook must've caught the attention of people in the restaurant, people staring at the two of you.
“...Maybe we shouldn't.” You mumble, catching the eyes of a few tables. “Let’s just go outside, yeah?” Jungkook's slightly confused (oblivious to the eyes boring into him) and leads the way to the garden. The two of you stroll through the garden, arms bumping into one another every now and then. “Jungkook, I don’t want to alarm you, but there’s someone in the bushes.”
“What?” Jungkook is about to whip around to look when you stop him.
“They have a camera, they’re taking pictures of us…together.” You mumble.
“Fuck…okay here’s the plan.” Jungkook mumbles, already having a feeling this would happen. “I can get to my car through the back exit here. I’ll go get my car and meet you in the front of the restaurant to pick you up.”
“Kook, what about your reputation.” The both of you continue to stroll through the garden and whisper to each other.
“I’ll have my company say it was for a business deal, and nothing more. That way no one will try to find out who you are either.” Jungkook nods to himself. “I’m gonna go now, and I think he’ll follow me. Goodbye.” Jungkook mumbles, stepping slightly in front of you to bow. You repeat the action, bowing twice before turning to follow the plan through. Jungkook was right, the man following Kook deeper into the garden.
Truthfully, it makes you extremely nervous for him, but you follow the plan out. You’re standing in front of the restaurant when Jungkook's Mercedes comes by, picking you up. “Kook, I hated every second of that.” You mumble.
“I’m sorry, I thought no one would be able to get into the garden.”
“Did he follow you all the way to your car??” You ask, heart rate spiking.
“Huh? Oh, no. He followed me until I went to the parking garage and then he left.” You nod, thanking whatever made him go away. “...I’ll take you back home.”
“Hey, it’s okay. It’s not your fault.” You smile, reaching over and taking a hand in yours. You rub your thumb into his hand, offering him a soft smile. Jungkook nods, smiling back to you. “Do you guys have to deal with that a lot?”
“Yeah, airports are a nightmare.” Jungkook smiles, “It’s definitely a negative to the life of a super star.” He says it jokingly, but you can tell it does bother him to some extent.
“Okay, now you can tell me about the Taehyung, Jungkook, Jimin group that’s been going on recently.” You laugh.
“God damn it, I was hoping you’d forget.” Jungkook sighs, smiling slightly. “When they found out that i was going to ask you out on a date, they wanted to help me. I don’t know exactly how much they really helped, but they swore they were so, I just let them.”
“Ohhh, so that’s how you knew I was at karaoke.” The look on Jungkook's face is priceless, a mix of embarrassment and cheeky. It makes your chest warm up, a fond feeling. “Alright I'll let the trio thing go for now. So what happens when they post those pictures?”
Jungkook lets out a small sigh, “I’ll let my company know beforehand, probably tomorrow, about what happened just to give them a heads up. They’ll probably wait until the pictures come out, deny any rumors or dating allegations, say it was for some fake business plan, and then threaten legal action.” Jungkook laughs at the legal action part.
“Yeah, I totally look like a business woman.” You laugh, watching as Jungkook parks at your apartment building. Jungkook’s clearly ready to walk you up to your door, unbuckling and collecting whatever he’d need. There’s a small smirk on your face as you link an arm with him, walking inside. “I had a lot of fun, kook. Besides everyone staring at us in the restaurant and-”
“There were people staring at us in the restaurant?”
“Yes, Jungkook of BTS, people were staring.” You say sarcastically, eventually cracking and laughing slightly. “For some reason, when I was getting ready it never dawned on me that you guys are famous and people would obviously stare. I guess because I’ve known Joon and you guys for so long, that it’s just normal for me.”
The two of you guys are at the door of your apartment before you even realize, Jungkook stopping. He’s getting ready to say goodbye, fidgeting slightly with his fingers. “Do you wanna come in?” You smirk, watching his face light up. The two of you already know what’s going to happen, a cheeky look coming over his face.
The two of you walk in, Jungkook making a show of dropping his jacket off with a sigh. You almost giggle as you watch him walk over to the couch, plopping down. His arms are resting on the back of the couch, head also thrown back. His legs are spread wide as he leans back. “You know, I really do like your apartment décor.” Jungkook compliments.
“Your eyes are closed, you can’t even see it.” You smile, watching as he slowly peels his eyes open. You’re focused on the buckle of your heels, eventually getting them undone and allowing them to hit the floor.
“It was a general observation.” He comments, making you laugh. He closes his eyes again.
“You definitely look comfortable over here, Kook.” You giggle, swinging a leg over and resting onto his lap. Your long dress bunches up around your thighs and hips, leaving you almost bare besides your panties as you seat yourself.
“Y/n?” He tries to sound cocky, but the look on his face was is anything but, he looks needy, whiny.
“Hm, bun?” You smile, beginning to slightly tug and play with his hair. You’re truly not in any rush to move on, enjoying the small reactions you pull from him. Eventually his arms move, hands how resting on your waist as he pulls you closer to him. “I like you like this, all needy.”
You place a small kiss on his lips, pulling back to watch the small whine it pulls from him. “You’re not wearing shorts under this, are you?” Kook mumbles, slightly sliding his fingertips underneath the edge of the dress. Both hands rest on your thighs, squeezing and rubbing the skin underneath his palms.
“Nope.” You smile, allowing more weight to sit against him. Sitting fully down, you’re able to feel the hard-on underneath you.
“Fuck me.” Jungkook whimpers, making you smile.
“I don’t have any condoms, next time.” The promise makes him whine even more, hips shifting underneath you. He pulls you down even more, grinding against you slightly. The small whines and friction shoots straight to your core, making you clench around nothing.
“Kiss me, please Y/n.” He whines, immediately giving him what he wants. Your lips easily connect, sliding against each other as if they were molded for one another. Jungkook's lips are soft against yours, a whine coming from you. Pulling away, the both of you have to catch your breath.
“I wish I could mark you up, so bad.” You mumble, a hand coming to down to grab his jaw. You move his head to the side, placing a small kiss onto his jaw. Moving down slightly, you continue to place kisses onto his neck. “Wish so badly I could claim you as mine.” You mumble against his neck. Placing another kiss, you leave a light red mark this time. You continue to leave light marks, a triumphant feeling in your chest.
“Can I take a picture of you bun?”
“What?”
“Can I take a picture of my marks?” You smile, “They’ll go away by the morning, they’re light.” Jungkook nods, watching as you fish for your phone that’s somewhere on the couch. You eventually find it, snapping a picture. The picture is arguably the hottest thing you’ve ever taken. His face is still cupped in your hand, slight indents in his cheeks from your fingertips. The marks are dark, but just light enough to be gone by morning. His eyebrows are slightly scrunched together, making the photo even more attractive. “Fuck, Kook.”
Your lips quickly find each other again, hands grabbing and holding each other everywhere possible. Jungkook’s hands continue to slip further underneath your dress, fingertips running along the straps of your thong before finally resting on your ass. He uses his hold to move your hips, the two of you slowly grinding against each other. Jungkook moans and whimpers into your mouth, making your mind even more fuzzy.
“Kook, I wanna suck your cock.” You mumble against his lips, nibbling slightly on his bottom lip. His eyes shoot open, hips hips snapping up against you at the proposition.
“Please-”
“No pushing my head or I'll tie you up.” You threaten, Jungkook moaning slightly as you climb off of his lap, shifting onto your knees. Jungkook easily lifts his hips up, helping you pull the dress pants down. He’s straining painfully hard against his boxers, the fabric stretching around him. “So sensitive, bunny.” You smirk, lightly dragging a finger across the bulge.
It makes him twitch, every slight brush getting a reaction. “God Kook, you look so fucking good.” You mumble, dragging your nails across his thighs. It hurts, but he likes it (slightly surprising to himself, not so much to you.) “Can I give you hickeys on your hips? Surely no fans would see those, hm? Just me right, all mine?”
“All yours.” Kook reassures, watching your every move. He wishes he could engrave it into his vision, you on your knees with the small smirk you always give him. With anyone else, he’d be the one in control. But that’s why he likes your touch so much, he’s not with you. You easily tease and torment him with the smallest gestures and moves. It drives him crazy. “Please mark me.”
“Well since you asked so nicely.” Hooking a finger under the waist band of his boxers, you’re able to pull it down just enough to mark. The small kiss you place first almost makes Jungkook's hips jerk, his senses on overdrive. The mark is dark, lightly biting and licking over the mark once you’re finished. You’re on your fifth one when jungkook can’t take it anymore, the feeling of your lips so close driving him crazy.
“Please, I can’t take anymore.” A whine falls from him, hips trying desperately to find friction. Truthfully, you were going to stop at 5. But now you have to keep going.
“Yes you can.” Your voice is stern, the tone making kook whine as his fists grab the back rest. His hips push slightly into you, flattening your nose. “Kook, be good. You can do that much right?” Your voice is even more stern, hands coming up hold his hips still. It’s another 5 before you finally return to his poor dick, even more hard with precum soaking the fabric.
“It looks like you liked it, my whiny baby.” Kook groans as you finally tug the boxers off his hips entirely, cock springing up. “So excited to be touched.” The smirk on your face is irreplaceable, watching just how much of a hold you have over him. Poor Kook is always whimpering as you slide your tongue across his tip, collecting the precum and swallowing it. He’s watching through half open eyes, lids heavily as he try’s to engrave the image into his memory.
Licking a strip from base to tip, a deep moan falls past his lips before he can even stop it. Your grip around his cock makes his mind fuzzy, easily pumping your fist with the precum and saliva acting as lube. He’s unable to keep his eyes open as you finally take him into your mouth, head thrown back against the cushion as you sink down. You repeat the motion, taking more length until you physically can’t. Your nose brushes slightly against his abdomen before coming back up to catch you breath.
“You know, it’s not fun if I don’t get to watch your reactions bun.” You smirk, slowly pumping his cock as you tease. “You know I like it.”
“I’m…afraid to come too fast…if I watch you.” He embarrassingly admits, ears turning a deep red.
“Next time you break eye contact, I stop touching you completely.” You set the boundary before taking him back into your mouth. Easily, you sink completely down, swallowing as much as you can manage. From the base of his cock, you glance up to make eye contact. It’s a mix of amazement, need and lust. St the eye contact, you can feel him twitch in your throat. His brows quickly scrunch together as you move, bobbing your head.
He lasts maybe a minute before he’s throwing his head back, “Fuck, Y/n. It feels too good I can’t-“ You pull off of him completely, finally taking a breath in what feels like forever. You also pull your hands away, placing your elbows against the coffee table behind you. “Shit wait I didn’t mean to-“
“There was one rule, Jungkook.”
“I know but-“
“One rule and you broke it.” His poor cock is red, straining as it throbs slightly against Jungkook's abdomen. “Breaking rules, yet so needy to come. Tsk tsk.” You mumble, leaning forward once again as you graze a fingertip over his tip. “A bit of a oxymoron huh?”
“I’m sorry, please I need it.” Jungkook's hips jut involuntarily up into your touch. “I need you bad.” The whine that he lets out makes you give in.
“I'll give you a pass this once.” You grumble, watching his face light up. “And bun, cum in my mouth. I want you to feel good.”
Finally Jungkook let’s himself loose, whining, moaning, cursing, and grinding like a mad man. His hands grip the couch with deadly force, knuckles turning white. He easily thrusts into your mouth, the sensation making him almost cry out as he buries himself in your throat. Seeing him like this is almost as good as getting off yourself, your thighs clamped together.
“Fuck bun, finally acting how I wanted.” You roughly jerk his cock, catching your breath quickly. His eyes are fixated on the sight in front of him, watching as you allow him to use your mouth to please himself. The eye contact is still too much, diverting his gaze away often. The small moan you let out while having him in your mouth makes his hips sputter, whines immediately slipping past his lips.
“Gonna cum soon. Can I come Y/n? I've been good, please let me come.” Jungkook babbles, eyes slightly glazed over as his eyebrows furrow. With a nod, his hips pick up their pace just slightly. He’s still afraid to hurt you, thrusting up carefully but with a decent speed. “…Coming” Is the half assed warning you get before his hips drive themselves as far as possible, nose flattened against his abdomen.
Looking up from that exact position, Jungkook's face is nothing short of your expectations. He looks fucked out, sweat gathering above his brow. The eye contact makes his cock throb even more in your throat, whines filling the entire room. You gasp pulling off, almost choking as you regain air flow to your lungs.
“Good job bun, are you all done?” You smirk, licking any cum left off his shaft. The sensation is too much for him, hands reaching down to roughly pull you up from your knees. (They crack like 10 times in the process of getting up, they ain’t like they used to be.) Jungkook roughly smashes his lips onto yours, tasting his own cum on your lips. “You did so good for me.” You mumble against his lips, pulling back to observe his expression.
“Thank you, holy shit.” Jungkook smiles, leaning forward to kiss your neck. He nibbles on the skin gently, leaving light marks. “That was so good, thank you. let me return the favor-“
“No, it’s okay. I liked that too bun.” You place a kiss onto his forehead, “Love seeing you like that.” With a small peck to his lips, you climb off his laps and stand up. “I’m gonna go change, if you wanna stay the night you can. I have extra sweatpants and big t-shirts if you want?”
Jungkook's chest pangs slightly. He wants to return the favor so incredibly bad, watch your moan and shake around his head. Respecting your choice, he doesn’t pry. “Yeah, anything will be good.”
You quickly trail off into your room, digging to find something for you to wear. Truthfully, your cunt aches for any touch Jungkook could offer, definitely soaking through your panties. Changing quickly and cleaning yourself up, you bring Jungkook his change of clothes. “The bathroom is down the hall to your left.”
“Thanks.” You can tell his mind is racing, but you don’t ask. You tidy up slightly before plopping down on the couch, a throw blanket ready to be placed over the two of you. Jungkook's a bit confused when he comes back out, seeing you sprawled out on the couch.
“Come lay with me.” You invite, opening your arms. He takes it immediately, plopping down. His head rests on your chest, a content sigh coming from the both of you as the blanket is thrown over. “What, not a big aftercare person?” You laugh, turning the tv on and playing a random movie. Jungkook's arms wrap completely around you, snuggling his head in.
“A really big aftercare person, actually. I didn’t think you’d be though.” Jungkook smiles, peering up for a moment. You take the chance to kiss his forehead, playing with his hair as he lays back down.
“Nah, I gotta take care of my bun.”
Jungkook falls asleep fast, which you were completely expecting. Light snores fill the living room every now and then, making you smile. You’re fast asleep soon after.
______
“Kook?” Your voice is groggy as you peel your eyes open, glancing around the living room. The tv continues to play random movies quietly, now showing some documentary. “Kook, don’t you have to work?” You mumble, shaking the boy that’s dead asleep on top of you.
“Kook.” You shake his shoulders harder, moving his entire body. His arms are still wrapped around you, hands somehow underneath your shirt as he holds your body. “You have work!” You smile, trying to pry yourself out of his grip. You’re eventually met with a groan and nothing else. “The boys will tease you to hell and back if you’re late.”
That seems to finally get him as he peels his eyes open, glancing around. “Kook, work?”
“Oh shit.” He springs up in no time, quickly snatching his clothes up from last nights date. “Shit, i’m late.” He groans, snatching his phone off the coffee table. Poor Jungkook scrambles like a madman for a solid 5 minutes, “Should I even run home and get ready? I only have my dress shoes and i can’t wear those to dance practice. But then I'll be even more late.”
“Kook, just tell them you woke up late. I’m sure they’ll be fine until you get there.”
“Okay, okay I'll do that.” He’s speed walking to the door with all of his belongings in hand. You giggle a bit at his outfit, your sweatpants and tshirt but his fancy dress shoes, which makes him stick his tongue out at you.
“Wait a second.” He stops completely as you reach up, yanking the neckline of the t-shirt down. “Those ones are gone.” You’re yanking down his (your) sweatpants just enough to see the dark hickeys left. “You’re not wearing underwear right now?”
“So what, they were all sticky and gross!”
“You’re commando in my sweatpants!”
“Trust me, this is the better alternative than my boxers being in here.”
You genuinely laugh as you allow the waistband to snap against his hips. “My marks are gonna be there for awhile, so no stripping in front of other girls.”
“Wouldn’t even dream of it.” He smiles as he unlocks the front door, stepping out. “One kiss, please.” He taps his bottom lip, waiting.
“Ugh.” You smile, giving him a kiss. “I'll see you soon Kook. Have fun at practice.”
“I'll try.”
Jungkook did, in fact, get teased to hell and back. The amount of pictures and videos you’ve gotten from the members is atrocious, all poking fun at their youngest. Jungkook has a cheeky look on his face in all of them, ears bright red.
Namjoon even sends you a text sometime through the day,
Don’t tell me you did what i think you did. My youngest :,(
We just went on a date, Joon-ah
You smile, clicking your phone off before getting ready for work. It’s late and uneventful, the café never being really busy on Thursday evenings. You’re in the back collecting stuff to restock the front when the door bell chimes, “I'll be right there in a moment!”
“Take your time!” The voice is oddly familiar. Sticking your head out, you begin to contemplate sending your coworker out instead.
“C'mon guysss” You whine, coming out from the back to meet the 7 idiots sitting in the empty café. “Don’t do this to me, i’m almost off for the night.” Jungkook stands behind Joon and Yoongi, cheeks slightly pink. “I’m guessing dummy back there spilled that I work here, Joon wouldn't dare.”
“You guessed correctly.” Jimin smirks in front of you, leaning forward on the counter. “Now it’s my turn to guess.” Jimin’s hand is reaching up to your top, gently tugging the band down to reveal your neck and part of your chest.
“Uh, what are you looking for?” You try your absolute hardest to not smile, knowing exactly what he’s doing. Doing your best, you try to act like you have no correlation to Jungkook's morning situation earlier today.
Jimin is slightly embarrassed as he lets go of your shirt, “Oh uh, nothing.”
“I’m reporting you guys for harassment, jeez.” You roll your eyes. “There’s gonna be banned signs with your faces on the front door.”
“How will we get our morning coffee then?” Yoongi jumps in, making you laugh.
“You guys have never even came here before.” You smile, “What can I get for you guys?”
They each order their respective orders, each getting some sort of drink and some getting snacks or baked goods. They pay on one tab, which you’re grateful for. “Since Jimin harassed Y/n earlier, he pays.” Jin announces, making everyone but Jimin silently cheer. Tae delivers a slap onto Jimin's back that creates a train, each of the members slapping him before moving to the pickup window. You and Jimin are left staring at each other at the register, you trying your best not to laugh at him.
“Your total will be $50.” You finally laugh.
“Add something on for yourself, consider it my apologies.” Jimin laughs, handing over his card. “I was trying to play investigator with Kook, kid won’t tell me anything.”
“I’ll accept your apologies, the new total is $55.” You smile, swiping the card and handing it back. Jimin joins the others as you begin working on their food, bagging and handing them to their respective members. The boys make conversation throughout.
“Isn’t she great at her job?” Jungkook comments, watching as you crank out drink after drink. You finish relatively quickly, dramatically brushing your hands off. Your manager peeks her head out from the back, eyes widening as she recognizes the boys in front of you. You're pushed out of the conversation (gently, but it’s clear that she wants you to go) by your manager. A small don’t you have restocking to do? Sends you on your way.
From your trips back and forth, and you hear bits and pieces of the conversation. The boys do their best to be polite, offering small smiles and head nods to whatever your manager was saying. They vaguely agree to visit again before your manager finally let’s them go, making her way into the backroom once again.
“...Wow.” You sarcastically comment as you come out once more, restocking the stir sticks behind the counter.
“She was definitely, uhm, enthusiastic.” Joon nods, cracking you up slightly.
“When do you get off, Y/n?” Jin asks, checking his phone for the time.
“Approximately 5 minutes ago.”
“Do you wanna go out with us, we were gonna find somewhere to eat.” Jin offers, making your heart swell.
“I’d like that a lot.” You smile at him, finishing up any tasks you have to do last minute and collecting your belongings. The group of you look dumb walking to the restaurant, people walking in pairs of two on the sidewalk. Your arm is linked with Joon, the two of you arguing for a solid 5 minutes of who should walk by the road. (You fight tooth and nail, eventually he physically forces you on the inner side.)
“If you get hit, I’ll be blamed for BTS Leader Kim Namjoon’s Death.” You complain, tugging on Joon’s arm.
“Be quiet.” Namjoon just laughs at you, jokingly slapping a hand over your mouth. “I think this is the restaurant.” He announces to the group, holding the door open for the whole group as you all filter in. It’s a nice restaurant, not really busy due to the late hour. The eight of you pick seats at the table, Namjoon and Yoongi on either side of you. Jungkook sits directly across from you, obviously jealous as he glances at both members beside you. You roll your eyes at him discreetly, making him smile.
“I’ll cook the meat.” Jungkook announces, everyone looking over at him in slight surprise.
“I’ll help so we don’t blow up the table.” Yoongi also announces, making you laugh.
The two of them are completely focuses on cooking, almost in competition. Jungkook rushes each time to place meat on your plate, side eyeing Yoongi who notices each time. It genuinely makes you laugh, fighting the urge to softly scold him over it.
“Jungkook! We’d like some meat too!” Jin calls from the end of the table, making everyone burst into laughter. You softly clap your hands, watching as Jungkook’s face flushes a soft pink.
You can feel Joon shuffle next to you, leaning in as he begins to talk softly in your ear. “So I assume the Jungkook situation is going well?” He laughs, all of the other members beginning to argue and well over the meat. Jungkook is defending himself furiously, claiming that
it’s only gentlemanly that the lady is served first!!
His argument makes you laugh, watching as Jin prepared his rebuttal.
The oldest get’s priority!!!
Jin calls, making you laugh harder as Jin begins to strain.
“Yeah, it’s definitely been fun.” You whisper back to Namjoon, shrugging slightly. “We’re still playing a cat and mouse game of sorts.”
Everyone begins to eat, conversation flowing smoothly between the entire group. Everyone loads their plates, passing dishes back and forth around the table. Hours fly by like minutes, your eyes threatening to close as your head naturally finds itself on Namjoon’s shoulder. Your stomach is full as you’re becoming sleepy, listening to the group conversation as if it were a live podcast.
“Are you alright Y/N?” Jungkook mumbles from across the table, making you nod.
“Just sleepy, I've been up for awhile.” You laugh, feeling his legs outstretch and link with your feet. You can only assume it’s Kook, the small smile on his face confirming your belief. “Kook…” You warn softly, stomping on his foot with your heel.
“Do you work tomorrow?” Jungkook asks, leaning forward slightly against the table as the two of you talk. You nod, turning slightly to talk to the entire group who’s otherwise becoming quieter as conversation runs out.
“Thank you, Jin for inviting me out with you guys. I really appreciate it, I open tomorrow so I’m going to get going. I gotta get some sort of sleep tonight.” You smile, gathering your things. “One of you text me my part and I’ll PayPal, or Venmo, or cash app, whatever you prefer. It was really nice being able to hang out with you guys, you should stop by the café more often.”
“I’ll walk you out.” Jungkook offers, standing up. The members beside him don’t move, making you giggle.
“Nope, I got it.” Joon smiles, “Plus I gotta ask Y/N about an assignment I'm working on.” Jungkook take’s the embarrassment like a champ, sticking his tongue out at Namjoon jokingly. Namjoon laughs, Hobi getting up to let the two of you out.
Walking you out of the restaurant, Namjoon stands by the road as he watches for cabs. “You’re a liar, I have to ask about an assignment.” You mock him, making the two of you smile. “So what’s up Joonie?”
“Just wanted to check up on the two of you, make sure you’re doing alright.” He shrugs, shoving his hands in his pockets. A bit counterproductive if he were trying to wave a cab over, but you don’t mention it.
“We had one date, Joon. I know you helped him, I’m about 99% sure of it.” You tease, poking his chest. Namjoon looks around the street, pretending he has no idea what you could possibly mean. “But there was a photographer in the garden, and they took pictures of us. They’ll probably be a dating rumor sometime in the future. I told Kook I don’t want to ruin the reputation he has, but he doesn’t seem to care about his reputation.”
Namjoon looks a bit surprised, “Kook hasn’t mentioned anything about the photographer in the garden. He just said the date went well and he had fun.”
“Well then don’t bring it up until it’s posted.” You chuckle. “He said they’d say we were together for some business deal, but I feel like it’s too obvious we were on a date. Even if your company says that, I don’t think people will really believe it.”
“I don’t think Jungkook really cares when it comes to you, he just likes being with you a lot in general.” Joon explains, making you blush softly. “He was more upset about you not holding his hand in the restaurant than the photographer.”
That actually makes you laugh out loud, not expecting it. “People were staring at us!” You finally see a taxi, calling it over with vigor. “I should get going, gotta wake up early unfortunately. Let me know if Jungkook starts talking shit about me to you, I assume he tells you a lot more than he’d tell the others.”
“Hmm, I don’t know what you mean. No clue actually.” He jokes, pulling you into a hug before you leave. It’s comforting and familiar. “Get home safe, text me when you make it to your apartment.”
“I will, Joon. Go back inside, they’re probably missing you.” You laugh, jokingly shoving him away. “Be quick before people start taking photos of us too.”
Namjoon rolls his eyes, closing the taxi door after you’ve climbed in. With a small wave goodbye, he heads back into the restaurant to likely herd the members together. You text Joon as soon as you enter the apartment building, trudging to the elevator and eventually making your way in. Placing your phone on charge, you see a text flash across your screen from Namjoon.
Kook said don’t worry about the money, he’s got it.
You’re beyond exhausted, not replying just yet. You almost pass out immediately when your head hits your pillow.
______
From then on, it feels like you see at least one member every shift. For the next week that you work, one of them always pop up. You’re slightly concerned how well their appearance rate is, considering they don’t know your schedule.
It’s exactly a week after yours and Kook’s date when you see it. The article you’ve been dreaded every waking second of the last week. Your fingers are flying to your text messages at the speed of lightning.
Kook, did you see?!
See what?
You could strangle him, you really could. You send him the link to the article. While they blurred out your face, the title makes your stomach churn. Jungkook of BTS Debuts with a New Girlfriend! WHO IS SHE?
Fuck, I already told the company. They should be on it within the next day.
What if they find out who I am?
They wont, I promise.
Kook, your fans hate me. Lol.
Its a flurry of hate, despite not even knowing who you are. You quickly exit off of the article, doing your best to ignore it. You cant believe how much of a scandal the photo caused, and now everyone is freaking out over it. You just hope that Jungkook’s company can sort it out quickly so it doesn’t negatively affect him.
The next day, Jungkook shows up to your apartment, knocking on the door.
“What are you doing here!” You mumble, dragging him in by his shirt. “Kook, we really shouldn’t be seen together for a little bit, just until things get sorted out and calm down. If someone sees you standing in front of my apartment door, you’re done for!”
“You stopped responding to my texts, I got nervous!” The door clicks shut behind him, followed by the lock being done. “And I wanted to tell you that they’re putting out a statement today, so hopefully it’ll be cleared up by tonight. You need to ignore the comments and responses, people never know what they’re talking about when it comes to idol related stuff.”
“They think i’m ugly, kook. That’s not idol related.” You laugh despite it bothering you. “I just don’t want it to mess up your reputation, that’s all.”
“I’d mess up my reputation for you.” He smirks, grabbing an arm and pulling you close to him. You smile as you slam into his chest, immediately being wrapped in his arms. “I don’t like you disappearing and not texting me back. Especially with everything going on.” He sighs, resting his cheek on the top of your head.
“Your fans don’t like me very much,” You giggle, trying to fight off the overwhelming dread for the sake of Jungkook.
“I like you very much.” He smiles, “And i’m happy here, so it doesn’t matter to me.”
“I hate to break it to you, but i’m not in the mood to suck your dick again so. If that’s what you’re trying to get here, we’re gonna have to raincheck.”
“What?! I cant just come over to check up on you?”
“Without an ulterior motive?” You laugh, “I highly doubt it.”
“Listen, I know you’re upset. But I'll make sure it’s all sorted out, I promise.” Jungkook's voice is softer than before, making your heart hurt just a bit.
“I’ll be alright, Kook. I’m big and strong.”
“Have you ate today yet?”
“...No.”
“Y/nnnnn, you’re breaking my heart.” Jungkook dramatically exclaims, pushing you away from him. “Go sit down and I'll make us dinner.” You follow, plopping down on the couch and watching as he walks into the kitchen. You smile as he begins to survey your kitchen, collecting ingredients as he sees fit. As he begins to cook, he finally realizes you’ve been watching him the entire time. “Hey, you’re supposed to be relaxing! Put on your favorite tv show or something.”
To ease his mind, you follow along. It’s a little less than an hour when he finally brings two bowls, placing them on the coffee table. He disappears for a couple of minutes, bringing back drinks and a small side dish. “Thanks Kook, a bit dramatic, but thank you.” You laugh, grabbing a bowl and sitting back. He makes himself comfortable, scooting until he’s close enough for your legs to be touching.
“I really don’t want you to feel bad about that article, Y/n.” Jungkook mentions after a few bites of food, an episode playing softly on the tv. “And I don’t want you to worry about my reputation or the rumors. I WAS the one that asked you out, not the other way around.” He emphasizes. “And I mean, I don’t even care. I had a great time, and I wouldn’t change it if I could go back anyway.”
Eventually, the statement from his company is put out. The two of you read through it, (Jungkook refuses to let you read the responses underneath the article.) It puts your mind to ease slightly, and you hope that it’ll be cleared up soon. “If we keep going out together, people will know.” You sigh, resting your head on Jungkook's shoulder. “Eventually people will know we’re not just business partners.”
“If it gets to that point, I'll just say we’re sucking face every day.” He shrugs, making you smack him in his stomach. “I’m kidding, I'll say we’re fucking every day.” Another hit.
“Kooookkkkk”
“Okay fine, I'll say you’re my favorite person in the whole wide world that makes me the happiest and cheers me up every day. And then fans cant be mad, because if they’re mad that means they don’t care about my happiness.”
The two of you stare at each other for an extended time, your face straight. “You’re a real smart ass, you know that?” You sigh, getting up and collecting the dirty dishes. You walk into the kitchen, beginning to wash them in the sink. Jungkook eventually comes to help, laughing slightly.
“Just for you.” He smiles, leaning down to kiss the top of your head. As he helps you wash dishes, he sings softly next to you.
The two of you clean up before settling back down on the couch, feeling like a domestic couple. You like it, but it’s more than you were ever expecting with Jungkook. Apart of your mind still thinks this is him, Jimin's and Taehyung’s elaborate plan to finally bag you. Truthfully, you hope that its not the reality of your relationship with Kook.
“We have a performance coming up, a tv broadcast, this Friday. I want you to come.”
“Kook, this Friday is tomorrow.”
“...Yeah. I still want you to come watch.”
“Wow, thanks for the early heads up.” You jokingly roll your eyes, tossing your legs over Jungkook's lap as you lay down. Jungkook’s hands immediately find your calves, massaging the muscle underneath. “How are you gonna sneak me in, so reporters don’t put two and two together with that article?”
“We put you in a STAFF shirt, obviously.”
“You’re lucky I like the other guys.” You sigh, making Jungkook dramatically place a hand over his heart paired with an obnoxious gasp. “Kook, can I have a kiss?” You smile, tapping your bottom lip.
“Don’t even have to ask.” He smiles, sliding in between your legs and easily slotting your lips together. Your hands find their place in his hair like always, Jungkook's elbows on either side of you keeping his weight up. “I love this.” he mumbles against your lips, quickly resuming the kiss. “Love just kissing you.”
Jungkook's lips and hair are soft, easily getting lost in the feeling. He also allows his weight to fall onto you, his hands instead wrapping around your body and holding you close to him. Pulling away to catch your breath, you can’t help but smile at Jungkook who peers up to you. “Thank you for coming over to check on me.” You place a small kiss on his forehead. “And making me feel better.”
“Always.” Jungkook smiles. “We leave pretty early tomorrow morning.”
“I’m excited to watch you guys, not so much for cameras.” You sulk.
“I’ll disguise you.” He laughs, placing his head onto your chest and beginning to watch the tv show. You continue to play with is hair, not paying much mind to the show and just thinking instead. Truly, you enjoy the little fling that you and Jungkook are having. You’re just a bit nervous with the media reaction and backlash you KNOW is under the articles.
“Are you gonna spend the night, Kook?” You hum, twirling a piece of hair around your fingers.
“If you’ll let me?” He has a hopeful look on his face, a small smile on his face.
“Of course, Kook.” You smile, grabbing the blanket off the back rest and tossing it over the both of you.
______
The next morning is an entire blur, Jungkook once again waking with a start as his phone rings off the hook. His panic sets into you, the two of you rushing to collect anything you’d need for the day. After you have everything you think you’ll need, the two of you rush over to Jungkook's house. (You insist on staying in the car.) Jungkook rushes out before speeding to the company building.
The other members side eye you and Jungkook for a solid hour, you denying any allegations they speak out loud and Jungkook just laughing at you. “Here, I got you some merch.” Jungkook claims, earning a questioning stare from you and the others in the room. The “merch” is a shirt that says STAFF along the back, a black mask, and a bucket hat. “And to really sell it you can carry my drumsticks and Namjoon's bag that has all of his notes, and schedules, and speeches and other shit written down.”
“Wow, so kind.” You roll your eyes, watching as Jungkook drops the two bags onto your lap. Surprisingly, Namjoon's bag is heavier than Jungkook's.
“And you’ll ride in the passenger seat, get out after us, and then just follow us in.” Jungkook gives you a thumbs up, making you laugh. “Other staff will walk in with you, so it’s not just going to be you walking in on your own.”
“I’m glad you thought this out step by step, Kook.” You roll your eyes, moving the bags off of your lap for now.
“And once you’re inside, there wont be any paparazzi or anything in the back.”
“Aw, lover boy has it all planned out.” Hoseok interjects, grabbing Jungkook's shoulders and shaking him around. It makes the group laugh, Jungkook beginning to fake fight with Hobi. As much as you tease and joke, you’re glad he thought of a way to keep you out of the cameras eye.
The ride is longer than you thought it would be, awkwardly sitting in the front with the other staff member who drives. You glance back into the back to give Jungkook and Joon a dreadful stare, wishing you could be back there instead. It makes Namjoon laugh, Jungkook not so much as he also wishes you could be in the back. Arriving to the broadcast makes you nervous, watching as an unbelievable amount of flashes go off as the boys climb out and head in.
You follow Jungkook's master plan, walking in with the other staff. You thank the singular brain cell in Jungkook’s head, not a singular camera click going off as the group of you walk in. “See it worked!” Is loudly exclaimed the second you walk into the building, making you yelp and jump away. Jungkook stands to the right of the door, pressed against the wall to avoid pictures.
“You have got to stop doing that.” You claim, jokingly placing a hand over your heart before slamming his drumsticks against his chest.
Following Jungkook to the others, you squeeze past various camera equipment and staff, eventually entering the decently sized room where the boys are at. “Here you go, Joonie.” You smile, handing him his bag as you plop down next to him. “Jungkook’s plan actually worked.” You laugh, taking off your hat and mask.
“That’s surprising.” Yoongi vaguely comments from another couch, making you chuckle.
There’s not much for you to do, watching as the boys get ready and prepare for their performance. You watch the soundcheck and mic checks, the boys joking around. It’s about 30 minutes before the broadcast that everyone filters back into the room, everyone in their stage outfits and equipped with their in-ears and whatnot. You suppose this is the final little pow-wow as Namjoon begins to speak to the others.
“Are you excited to watch?” Jungkook beams, coming over and dramatically plopping down on top of you. “You can stay here and watch the tv, or come out to the stage and stand on the side and watch. I’d say you can sit in the audience, but you might draw some attention.”
“I think I'll just stand on the side of the stage, then.” You nod, making him laugh,
“Don’t worry, if you come to a concert I'll make sure you have one of those VIP lounges.” He promises.
“Wow, so sweet.” You roll your eyes. Namjoon has given you various opportunities to come to their performances and concerts, but you were often busy. You did go to some, don’t get it wrong, but it’s obvious to Joon that you can’t turn down Jungkook’s offers like you can his.
“Okay, come on!” Jungkook hops up, grabbing your hand and dragging you up in one easy swoop. The boys laugh at the two of you, Jungkook leading the way. “You can stay here, you should have a pretty good view and I already told the staff about you. So they won’t think you’re a crazy lady or something.” You roll your eyes.
“Go to your members, you need to get ready.”
“Give me a kiss before they come, please.”
“Kook….”
“No one is around, no one will see. Promise.”
You really can’t say no to him as you finally give in. His arms wrap around you, pulling you closer to him. “Go, Kook. Before they get suspicious.”
He finally listens, disappearing in the chaos of staff running around and cameras everywhere. He runs quickly, and you’re sure he’s once again late. Trying to stay out of the way of actual staff, you hug the wall for the entire performance. The view, like Kook mentioned, is actually very good. You smile the entire performance, watching the boys beam as their fans cheer loudly. It makes you happy to see them so happy.
They wave their goodbyes, small bows as they slowly make their way off the stage opposite of you. Gathering up all of your brain cells, you do your best to retrace the way you and Jungkook came. It takes you a bit longer, but you eventually find your way back to the room. “You guys did so good!” You beam, a giant smile as you hug Yoongi who was the closest to you. You make your rounds, eventually hugging all of the members but Kook, who was the farthest from you.
“Kook! You looked so good out there!” You smile, coming over to where he sat on a couch. He didn’t respond to you, elbows resting on his knees as he stared at the floor. “Kook?” You ask, crouching down in front of him to try and get his attention. “What’s wrong? Why, Kook?” You mumble, seeing his eyes glossy as he fights off crying. “No, Kook. No, what is it?” You whisper, trying to not make a scene.
(It failed, the 6 guys are currently watching you and Jungkook.)
“I messed up…” He sniffles, finally crying as he feels one of your hands come to his face. You furiously wipe the tears that fall from his eyes, hands cupping both sides of his face. “I wanted to do good, since you were here to watch.”
“You did, Kook. I didn’t even notice, no one noticed it.” You reassure him, “You did so well, I was smiling the entire time! Don’t be upset, Kook.” He eventually calms down in your hold, tears slowing. “I was really happy watching you guys.” You smile, smoothing his hair in an attempt to comfort him. Jimin shuffles past, handing you a box of tissues.
It makes both you and Jungkook laugh. Jungkook speaking up, “Thanks.” Jimin offers a thumbs up, which makes you smile.
“I think they’re waiting for you to take pictures.” You mumble, a slight teasing tone behind it. Jungkook nods, watching as you stand up before getting up himself.
They shuffle to take pictures, everyone teasing Jungkook as they pull him into the center. You smile, watching Jimin poke Jungkook’s cheek.
“Come over, Y/N.” Namjoon gestures, opening on of his arms.
“Oh, it’s okay.” You shake your hands. Namjoon rolls your eyes, grabbing one of your arms and pulling you into the group.
Jimin smirks, pulling you into the center with Kook. Kook wraps an arm around your shoulder, the other hand coming to squish your face. You laugh, the camera’s clicking. Now it’s your turn as you hassle him into a fake chokehold, another camera click filling the room. Jungkook has a giant smile in both photos, making you smile.
“We’re leaving in about an hour, until then there’s food and drinks.” A staff member informs you guys, everyone thanking him.
Everyone settles down, you finding your spot on the couch by Namjoon once again. Jungkook plops down next to you, making no move to grab something to eat. “Kook, you should eat.” You mumble through your bites of food. He doesn’t respond, making you roll your eyes. “You should listen to your elders more.” You scold, grabbing a bowl of noodles and placing them in his hand.
You let go of the cup, leaving it to Jungkook to hold onto them. “You’re lucky this didn’t spill all over my lap.” Jungkook sighs, finally sitting up and beginning to eat the noodles.
“It would’ve been your own fault.” You shrug, making Joon laugh beside you.
Everyone eats and makes conversation with another, a smile on your face almost the entire time as you listen to them. The hour flies by, eventually everyone collecting their belongings. You grab Namjoon's bag and Kook’s drumsticks, placing your mask and hat back on.
“We’ll see you in a bit, make sure you find the other staff members.” Joon smiles, giving you a quick hug before you have to run off. You once again thank Jungkook as not a single click goes off as you walk out, finding the right van and climbing in.
You and the driver awkwardly sit alone in the van until the boys come out. Namjoon, Yoongi, and Jungkook climb into the van you're in. The other members getting into the one in front of you. The ride back to the company building is just as long, Yoongi and Namjoon taking a small cat nap.
“Y/N, come sit with me.” Jungkook whines from the back, making you raise an eyebrow.
“I don't know if that’s a good idea, Kook.” You laugh.
“Please, I just wanna nap. The window is too hard to rest on.” He explains. He’s sitting all the way in the back by himself, Namjoon and Yoongi in the middle two seats.
“No funny business, Jeon.” You threaten, unbuckling. You apologize to the driver profusely as you climb over the middle, eventually making it into the back. You’re careful not to bump into Yoongi or Namjoon. With a sigh of relief, you finally make it. Jungkook smiles, unbuckling his seat belt and immediately resting his head in your lap. “Let me buckle up first, if we get into a car crash we both don’t have to die.”
One of his arms rests underneath your thigh, making himself comfortable. “Thank you, Y/N.” He smiles.
“Don’t tell me you’re still upset, kook.” You sigh, hearing it in his voice.
“I’ll be okay.” He smiles, glancing up to you before rolling back forward.
“You did good, I mean it. And I'm just not saying that, I really think it was amazing. I’m sure all of your Army loved every second of it.”
“I know but it wasn't army it was for you-”
“Shhhhhh,” You slap one of your hands against his mouth, earning a lick to your palm. You wipe the spit onto his shirt, a look of disgust overtaking your face. “It was for me, and I loved every second of it. Stop being so hard on yourself.” You sigh, hands resting in his hair. “Take a nap, Kook.”
You’re not sure when he falls asleep, but he eventually does. You’re unable to sleep, the position too uncomfortable but you really don’t mind. You stare out of the window the entire time, watching trees and numerous street lights pass you. It’s not until you hear a click that your attention is brought back into the car.
“…Shit.” Yoongi mumbles, quickly hiding his phone.
“Cmooonnnn” You complain, whining. Yoongi only laughs at your distress.
“What? It’s cute, plus I wanna show the other guys. Maybe they’ll stop teasing the two of you so much if they know how much you mean to Kook.” He defends his actions. “And before you ask, because I know you’re about to, no I didn’t show anyone the video.”
“…Thank you Yoongi.” It actually was the question you were about to ask him. “But don’t get my hopes up, I don’t think I mean all that much to him.” You sigh, glancing down to the boy in your lap. With the small trio they have, you’re convinced they’ve created some elaborate plan to get Jungkook into your pants and that’s the end of the little fling. You suppose you can only delay the inevitable so much.
“Hmm, if you say so.” Yoongi side eyes you, eventually turning back around and placing an earbud in. He sends you the photo soon after, and you assume that’s also when he sends it to the group chat as you can hear Joon's phone also ping.
From then, it’s not long after that you arrive at the company. Joon wakes up on his own, somehow knowing the van was stopped for real now and not just at a light. It’s almost scary, his intuition. Kook is still passed out in your lap, earning him a series of aggressive shakes. (You finally learned that Jungkook is a heavy sleeper, you gotta use some force.) After a bit, you get a very groggy “Huh?”
“We’re at the company building, get up.” You answer, watching as he slowly pushes him self up off your lap. Glancing around, he finally gains his bearings. You follow Yoongi and Namjoon out of the van, stretching your legs and back for what feels like the first time in years. “Joon, I left yours and Jungkook's bags in the passenger seat.” He nods, wiping the remaining sleep out his eyes as he walks around to the front. Jungkook finally hobbles out, the car door being shut.
“Okay, i’m gonna get going. Today really took it out of me.” Min dramatically explains, pretending to sleep on his hands. “I'll see you guys soon.” Yoongi smiles, giving the three of you a hug before making his way.
“Where are the others?” You mumble, not seeing their van at the building yet.
“Apparently they stopped for food on the way over.” Namjoon explains, “They’ll be here in like 10ish minutes probably.”
“I’m tired, I don’t feel like waiting 10 minutes.” Jungkook grumbles, standing behind you and placing his cheek on your head. “C'mon, I'll give you a ride home Y/n.”
“Get off of me,” You joke, pushing Jungkook backwards. “You just slept for like 2 hours. Plus I wanna say bye to the others and thank them for letting me come today.”
“I'll add you to the group chat, let’s go.” Jungkook is dragging you away before you even have a chance to refute him. Namjoon just laughs at the two of you, watching as you jokingly scold him.
“Bye Joon! Get home safe!” You call, waving to him before Kook rounds a corner. “Jungkoookkk, I wanted to say bye.”
“They’d just tease us for the picture anyways.” He mumbles, eventually pulling you under his arm rather than dragging you by the wrist. He’s right about the picture, your face warming slightly. “Who even sent that? Yoongi? Namjoon?”
You let out a small sigh, “Yoongi. He said it was cute or something, you know how he is.”
Jungkook doesn’t say anything, walking to the car. He still opens the passenger side door for you, allowing you to climb in before softly closing it. You try to pinpoint why he’s acting so odd all of the sudden, but you really can’t. As he drives in silence, not even the radio playing, you know something’s for sure wrong. “Kook, it might be a bad time to ask. But what’s wrong…” You mumble, watching as he leans his head on his hand, elbow resting on a small divot in the door.
“I just wish…I don’t know. That we didn’t have to hide I guess.” He mumbles. “From the cameras, from my members, from my fans.”
It makes you smile, “Kook, I see where you’re coming from, but we’re technically just hook up buddies right now.” You laugh. “What would you say to your fans, here’s the girl i’m sleeping with!!” The joke finally makes him crack, a small chuckle coming from him. “|And your members only tease us because they love you, and you’re their youngest. They’ll get over it eventually.”
He has a small smile on his face, nodding his head. “I guess you’re right.”
“To cheer you up, let’s go to your house instead?” You propose, trying to hide the smile on your face. It eventually cracks through when Jungkook side eyes you, a hopeful gleam in his eye.
“Anything for you, Y/n.” He smiles, redirecting to his house instead. He doesn’t live far from your apartment, maybe a 20 minute drive if you’re speeding (Kook was.) “And here we are, the Jeon household.” He dramatically claims as he pulls into his garage.
“I hate rich people.” You and Jungkook say at the same time, your eyes wide as you stare at him. (You stop saying it after that.)
“I knew you were gonna say that.” He laughs, climbing out. You follow, allowing Jungkook to lead the way in. “Bam, my Doberman, is at training right now so he’s not here. So you don’t have to worry about him.”
“Holy shit you have a big house.” You mumble as you walk into the living room. “It looked big on the outside but it’s somehow bigger inside.”
“I guess the designers were good at their job.” He laughs, sitting down on the couch. You take your spot next to him, easily finding yourself underneath his arm. “Maybe I shouldn’t take you to performances anymore.” Jungkook bluntly says, catching you off guard for a moment. He realizes, a small chuckle following. “Because I just wanna kiss and hug and cuddle you too much.”
“God, Kook.” Is all you can mumble, making him laugh. “Right, make a group chat.”
“Huh?”
“With all of the members, so I can thank them remember? We should do it now before we forget.” You smile, watching as he slowly reaches for his phone. He makes a show of pretending it’s the most painstaking task he’s ever done in his life. He sends a message, a small vibration in your back pocket as you reach for it.
Kook: Y/n wanted to declare her undying love for me in front of everyone
You: Jungkook’s brain is rotting
You: I just wanted to say thank you guys for letting me come to the broadcast today to watch you guys perform. It was really fun and I enjoyed it a lot. You guys all did amazing, i’m super proud of all of you! <3
Jinnie: Awwww our little Y/n :,)
Jin's message makes you giggle.
Joonie: anytime Y/n, we always love having you around. You’re always welcome to tag along.
Jiminie : sent an attachment
It’s the photo Yoongi took on the way home, you finally using that as your cue to exit out of the group chat.
“They’re already starting.” You laugh, placing your phone onto the coffee table.
“See, I told you.” Jungkook cockily declares, reaching over and hoisting you up. “They would’ve just teased you if we sat there and waited for them.”
“I don’t like it when you’re right.” You tease, allowing your hands to slide up the bottom of his shirt. You allow your hands to roam his torso, feeling any muscle they come across. “I don’t like not being able to tease you all day.” You continue to complain. “Or kiss you whenever I feel like it.”
“You can around the members.” Jungkook smirks, voice slightly breathy.
“Your little trio would enjoy it too much.” You smile, watching his reaction. “Jimin yanking down my shirt to look for any hickeys?”
“Honest to everything, I didn’t think he was going to do that.” He defends, making you laugh.
“He said you won’t tell them anything about us, so he wanted to do his own investigating.” You explain, watching as his ears turn slightly red. Before you can explain himself more, you hike the t-shirt up and over his head. You close the space in between the two of you, pressing your chest against his as your arms hold onto his shoulders.
“I don’t want to tell them private details regarding you, because I feel that that’s an invasion of privacy.” He mumbles, making you smile.
“Good.” You smile.
“You know, this is fucked up.” Jungkook whines, making you raise an eyebrow. “This is like some fucking my coworker roleplay.” Your still slightly confused as jungkook’s face burns bright red. “Your shirt, look at your shirt.”
Oh right, the staff shirt you were currently wearing that was slightly too big on you. It makes you let out a loud laugh, Jungkook slightly embarrassed. “I hate you, I really do.” You continue to laugh as you climb off his lap. “Where are your condoms bun?”
“I uh, uhm, uhh. Sorry, in my bedroom on in the right bedside drawer.” He stammers, making you smile.
“Okay, now where’s your bedroom?” Jungkook cant be anymore embarrassed, he thinks.
“Go down the hall, at the very end make a left. Go down that hall and then at the very end the right.”
You stare at him for a couple of moments. “I'll yell for you in case I get lost.” You laugh, beginning the journey. As complex as it sounded when he told you the directions, you find the room easily. There’s little action figures on a shelf, signaling that this is for sure Jungkook's room. Rummaging through the bedside drawer, you find what you’re looking for. “I found some stuff, bun!” You call, walking back into the living room.
The look on his poor face as you present your findings makes you smile. “Goddamnit I forgot that was in there!” He complains, tossing his head back against the couch. To your delight, you found his Fleshlight and bottle of lube, both unopened.
“You can’t leave toys in there and expect me not to play with them, bun.” You smirk, climbing back onto his lap. Placing the bottle of lube up to his lips, “Bite.” You watch as he easily follows directions, biting the plastic from the cap and easily tearing it off. “Y’know, you should look more enthusiastic than that or I'm not gonna let you cum.” You grin, watching his face fall. “Don’t worry bun, I'll make you feel good.” You smile, finally getting the box open and tossing the lube and Fleshlight aside for now. The box lands somewhere behind you as you throw it across the living room.
Your lips easily slot together, a satisfied sigh coming from Jungkook. “Can I please take off your top?” He whines against your lips, hands sliding just slightly underneath the fabric to rest on your skin.
“Sure bun, but that’s it.” You mumble, watching him celebrate as he easily strips the staff t-shirt and tosses it onto the coffee table. Pulling you closer, the two of you let out a hum as your skin makes contact. Jungkook's skin is warm against yours, riling you up as you kiss him harder. It’s hard to feel through the thick material of your jeans, but by the way his hips grind against you, you’re sure Kook’s the same way.
“I love this, Y/n.” Kook whines, pulling your body closer to his. “Like feeling your skin on mine.” He mumbles against your lips, biting them softly.
“Kook?”
“Hm?”
“Can you get up for a sec?” He nods, following whatever you ask from him immediately. You could tell him to eat you out for hours and he’d do it. He watches as you shuffle to one side of the couch and sit sideways, patting the area in between your legs. “Strip, then sit with your back facing me.”
“Fuck Y/n.” He whines, following. Your eyes watch every move he makes, his ears burning but your gaze making him even harder. He places himself in between your legs, both hands holding onto your thighs that rest on either side of him. “I'm not used to this.” Jungkook admits, softly placing his head back and resting it on your shoulder.
“You seem to like it, Kook.” You tease, allowing your hands to roam his torso. Just before you get to the base of his cock, you slide your hands up. “Look how hard you are right now.” You hum, placing a warm kiss onto his neck.
“I know.” He whines, hips twitching from the lack of touch. His hands squeeze your legs, fingertips making indents in your jeans.
“You like this, Kook?” You ask, ghosting your hand over his shaft.
“A lot.” Kook whines, finally letting out a small moan as you wrap your hand around him. You lazily jerk his cock, watching how his abs clench from the slightest touch you give him.
“You’re really sensitive today, bun. Are you gonna cum early?” You tease, biting down softly on his shoulder but not leaving a mark. He whimpers as you move your wrist faster, head resting on your shoulder as he tries to minimize the sensation in his head. He only picks his head up when your hands disappear, looking for the reason. “My sweet Kook, buying a Fleshlight just to throw it in his drawer and forget about it.” You smirk, looking at the completely new toy in your hands.
Jungkook can’t help but flush a bright red, watching as you play with the lips of the Fleshlight he’s never touched. Your fingers teasingly push the lips apart, dipping in your first knuckle as you feel the inside. “It’s okay if you cum early bunny, this is your first time with this hm?” You can just barely see the look on his face as you bring it up to his face, holding it just in front of his mouth. “Lick.”
The hold you have over him is undeniable, Jungkook ignoring the slight embarrassment as he follows your instruction. You apply pressure against his tongue as he licks and sucks, lewd sounds bouncing around the living room. The sight is almost porn to your sore eyes, unblinking as you watch him eat out the fake pussy in your hand. Your legs involuntarily squeeze around his frame in between you, watching as his pink tongue easily slips into the clear center. Pulling the toy away, a sting of saliva connecting his lips to the toy, he lets out a shaky breath. “That was hot, definitely got you fired up now.”
He embarrassingly nods his head, feeling his cock twitch. His eyes are fixated as you now fumble for the bottle of lube, eventually finding it on the cushion. Popping it open, you squirt a considerable amount onto his cock. “Ah, cold.” He whines, hips jerking up into the air. You quickly gather it on one palm, slowly jerking his cock to spread it around. You wipe the excess off of your hand and onto the toy, making Jungkook whine as he tosses his head back. “I can't watch this, I'm gonna cum too soon.”
“Tell me when you’re about to come.” You whisper, watching as he nods his head on your shoulder. Passing the Fleshlight to your right hand, you can’t help but smirk as you slowly drag the toy along his shaft. His cock twitches at the new sensation, abs clenched as your hand rests on top of them. “Hopefully you’re ready Kook.” You smile, easily slipping the toy over his head. The moan he lets out is nothing but sin, your untouched core clenching around nothing.
“It’s tight,” He whimpers, head still on your shoulder as you begin to slide the toy further down. His cock is almost too big, head just less than an inch away from hitting the top. The poor toy is stretched around him, bulging out at the end.
“Bun, your cock is almost too big.” You whisper in his ear, making him shudder. “Look.” Slowly, he picks his head up. You’re right, his cock is almost breaking the poor toy. “That just means it feels even tighter wrapped around you.” You smile, beginning to move the toy. Your pace is agonizingly slow, watching as Jungkook twitches and bucks his hips slightly. The room quickly fills with moans and whimpers, Jungkook unable to hold them back. (He’s also not embarrassed anymore since you like them so much.)
“My little Jungkook fucking a clear Fleshlight just for me.” You hum, licking along his ear. The sensation makes him shiver, hips jerking particularly hard as you gently suck on his lobe. You eventually move the toy faster, relishing in all the noises Jungkook whines into your ear.
“Gonna cum already.” He whimpers, picking his head up slightly to watch as the toy sinks down onto him. “Cum-“ Before he can finish his statement you rip the toy off, using the heels of your feet to pin his legs down to the couch. His head falls back onto your shoulder, whimpers spilling from his lips. His hips try to buck into the air, cock twitching.
“Calm down?” You smirk, setting the toy down carefully so that the open end doesn’t touch the couch. You take your time to tease, hands running along every inch of skin you can reach besides his cock. “Let me know when you’re not close anymore.” You smirk, gently flicking a nipple.
“Y/n?”
“Yeah Kook?”
“I never want you to stop touching me.” He whines, closing his eyes as he rests on your shoulder. “Okay, I'm good.”
“How many more do you think you can take?” You smile, beginning your ministrations once again.
“Without-fuck.” He hiccups as you slide the toy over him, “Without losing my mind, maybe two more.”
“I'll be nice then and this will be the last one.” You smile, beginning to move the toy faster. You get an even bigger reaction from kook, watching his hips buck into the toy slightly each time you pull it back. The grip on your legs is even tighter, likely leaving little fingerprint bruises in your thighs. “You’re gonna leave marks on me, bun.”
“Good.” He moans, face scrunched up in pleasure. you can see the faint reflection of the two of you in the window glass, definitely a sight to see.
“You’re doing so good for me bun,” You smile, twisting a nipple with your free hand. It makes him whimper, body twitching at all the sensations happening at once. “So fucking hot, Jungkook.” You smile, kissing along his neck. Your forearm is on fire at this point, praying to god you don’t lose grip of the Fleshlight and send it flying.
“Gonna cum.” Kook whines, fingers digging into your legs particularly hard. Once again, you jerk the toy off his length and watch as he searches for any friction. Your heels wedge themselves once again onto his legs, restraining how much he can actually buck his hips.
“How was that one?” Jungkook can hear the tease in your voice, riling him up.
“It hurts.” He whines, letting out a small hum as your hands begin to roam his body once again. “Wanna cum bad, really bad.”
“This time you can cum all you want.” You smile, slipping his cock back into the toy without warning. His hips jerk forward, almost slamming into the end of the toy. The beginning pace is brutal, faster than the last two. It makes Jungkook whine without any restraint, body twitching hard. “Inside the toy or outside, bun?”
“Inside.” He whimpers, readjusting his grip on your legs and holding closer to your calves. You assume it’s to stop you from hooking your heels over his legs and preventing his movement. You let it slide, you already said he could come this time so there’s no use in stopping it.
“I'm close, Y/n,” He whimpers, turning his head slightly as he bites gently onto your neck.
“Don’t leave a mark.” Your voice is stern as you move your wrist faster, watching as he begins to time his thrusts to meet the Fleshlight half way.
“Coming.” Jungkook whimpers, hips stuttering as he comes. You continue to fuck the toy onto him, slowing down a considerable amount as you help him ride it out. He’s quickly overstimulated, one hand coming up to hold your wrist still as the other pulls your hand away from his nipples. “Holy shit,” He huffs, body still twitching slightly.
“You’re almost touching the top.” You mumble, making him look down at the toy.
“Fuck, Y/n.” He lets go of your wrists, watching as you slowly pull the toy off and flip it up. Jungkook's chest rises and falls rapidly, trying to catch his breath. The gentle kisses you place along his skin are slightly lost to him, mind fuzzy as he recovers.
“You did good, Jungkook. That was honestly the hottest thing I've ever seen.” You smile, placing a final kiss onto his cheek. “I'm gonna go clean this out and I'll be back. I think you bought a cleaning set that was also in your drawer.”
Jungkook sits up, allowing you to squeeze out from behind him and make your way down the hall. You snatch your shirt from the coffee table before making your way, but Jungkook doesn’t notice. You quickly wash it and set everything out to dry on the bathroom counter, trying not to laugh at how ridiculous it looks. Setting the cleaning solution back into his drawer, you can see various other toys that you survey before shutting the door.
“Kook! Can I borrow some pants?!” You yell from his room, waiting to hear an answer. You jump slightly as the door swings open instead.
“You scare easily.” He chuckles, walking into his closet. “I have my sweatpants that might be kind of big on you, or I have the ones you loaned me earlier that I washed and dried?” He offers the options, holding up two pairs. You take yours before heading into the bathroom.
You’re met with the same situation as Kook the other week, the debate on if you wear your sticky underwear or not. With a sigh, you leave them on before changing out of your pants. “Also, everything has to dry before you put it back together. Otherwise it’ll be moldy and disgusting, and I'm sorry Kook, but I will not touch your moldy dick.” You lecture, making him smile as he falls down onto his bed in new pants, still shirtless.
“You wouldn’t touch me?”
“Ew…” That makes the two of you laugh, “Did you throw away the box that it came in? I just threw it somewhere in the living room.” You laugh, plopping down beside him.
“Eh, I'll get it tomorrow.” He makes a brief motion towards the living room, brushing it off. You both agree on something to watch, Jungkook getting up and closing the door and shutting the lights off before climbing back into bed.
“Did you enjoy it Kook, it wasn’t too much right?” You ask, watching as he opens his arms for you. You close the distance, wrapping your arms around him and softly rubbing his back. You can’t really see his face from how you’re laying, but you listen intently.
“I liked it, Y/n. l like trying new things with you.” He hums, leaning over to kiss your forehead. “Also, I'm gonna repay the favor one day, and make your legs shake around my head.”
“Hmm, I know you will Kook.” You smile, cuddling into him. “Not today though, I'm tired. I didn't sleep in the car.” You yawn, closing your eyes.
“I had a feeling you were gonna say that.” He laughs, making you smile. “Goodnight Y/n.” Jungkook smiles, kissing the top of your head.
______
You’re woken up by a loud banging coming from the living room, you slowly sitting up from the covers. “Kook?” You mumbles, turning to him and shaking him roughly. The banging is really loud, making you nervous. “Kook, wake up please.” You speak, getting onto your hands and knees and beginning to shove him around.
“What’s wrong?” He mumbles, eyes still closed as he holds onto your forearm. “What is it?” He asks, finally opening his eyes and sitting up.
“There’s someone at the door, they sound angry.” You mumble, releasing your grip on him and allowing him to sit up. “I didn’t wanna check it on my own.”
“Stay here, I'll go look.” He says, climbing out of bed. You stay in the room, watching the door that he just left. You can hear the front door open, Jungkook and another person talking back and forth. Getting up, you press your ear against the door.
“Did you bag her yet?” It sounds like one of the younger members, but you can’t tell who it is through the distance and door. “Namjoon told me that you took her home last night.”
“No, man. It’s not like that.”
“What do you mean? It’s always been like that, finally getting the so-called man eater in bed.” You can hear footsteps walking around the living room. “Really, a Fleshlight? So you didn’t fuck her.” You can hear the box hit the ground as it’s likely kicked, not being picked up from the other night.
“It’s not like that anymore, I thought you knew that.”
“You’re full of shit, Kook.” You can hear him laugh, likely throwing the box out as they walk further away.
“Don’t you have a flight or something to catch?” Jungkook sighs. You can hear the front door open, followed by a series of stomps which you can only attribute to them shoving each other regarding the door. “I’ll talk to you later.” And then the door closes. You shuffle your way out of Jungkook's room, belongings in hand from the other day.
“Can you take me home Kook?” You ask, clicking your phone on to check the time.
Jungkook looks stressed out, jumping slightly at the sound of your voice. “It’s not like that Y/N. He doesn’t know what he’s talking about, and that, what he said, isn’t true.” He’s gesturing around the room. “I suppose it was like that, but it’s not like that anymore.”
“It’s okay Kook, plus it’s not like we’re dating.” You smile softly, trying to ignore whatever the feeling in your chest is. “Technically we are just hooking up. I have work later…so I wanna go home and get ready.”
“Y/N…”
“Kook, just bring me home.” You sigh, holding your jeans and your dumb staff disguise from the broadcast. Your phone is in your sweatpants and your bag is over your shoulder. You feel unbelievably stupid standing in front of him.
He sighs, “Give me a couple of minutes.” You nod, watching him speed walk past you. He gets ready quickly, coming back out. “Okay, we can go now.”
You nod, following him out to the garage. You slip your shoes on, feeling Jungkook’s eyes on you. You don’t say anything, avoiding his stare as you walk out to the car. He doesn’t open the door for you, focused on locking the garage door. You get in quickly, quite honestly not wanting him to open the passenger side for you. The ride is unbelievably quiet, music playing in the background the entire ride. Pulling into the parking lot, you can see Jungkook ramping himself up.
“Y/N, I really don’t want you thinking-”
“Kook, it’s okay.” You smile. “I don’t think you should walk me up, though. Just in case someone sees us walking in together.”
Jungkook could cry, truthfully. “Okay.”
“I’ll see you around.” You smile as you place a quick kiss onto his cheek, climbing out of his car. As you walk in, you turn around and wave bye with a smile. You don’t have work until later on in the day, working a closing shift at the café.
Yoongi, can you come over please. Before you answer, it’s about my Jungkook situation. So be prepared for a lot.
Always, Y/N.
You send him your address, giving him a brief rundown of how to get to your apartment after arriving at the building. It takes maybe 30 minutes before you hear knocking at the door. Looking out of the small peep hole, you see Yoongi with bags in both hands. You open the door for him. “Heyyy,” You mumble, stepping out of the way and allowing him to walk inside.
“I’m just gonna assume that something happened, so I brought over some food and drinks.” He smiles, showing off the bags. “And I'm already prepared to hear whatever inappropriate details that you inevitably are gonna spill, either intentionally or accidentally.”
You can’t help but laugh, walking into the living room after shutting the door. Yoongi follows, setting the bags down before plopping down. “I’ll try to spare you the details like I do Namjoon.”
“Please do.” That makes you laugh once again.
“Okay so a brief rundown starting from when I first met Kook.” You tell Yoongi all of the major details that are essential to the plot, sparring the minor details that would scar his image of his youngest. You assume you’re doing a good job, because Yoongi hasn’t once made a funny face or shocked expression. You finally get to this morning’s event, eyes watering slightly. You laugh, slightly frustrated at yourself for being so upset over something seemingly stupid to you. You never were supposed to get so attached to Kook, you KNEW it was the man-eater story that sparked his interest in you.
“So yeah, I’m not sure which member it was that came over this morning. I asked Kook to take me home after that, and I can tell it upset him because he knew I was upset at him.” You laugh.
Yoongi stares at you for a couple of moments, collecting his thoughts before beginning to give any of his advice. “I’m going to say something that you’re not going to like, and you’re probably not going to believe. You’re just gonna have to believe me here.”
You nod, preparing yourself for whatever news he has.
“Jungkook does actually like you.”
“Ugh, come on Yoongi.”
“Hey, I said you’re gonna have to believe me! This is not believing me.” He complains, pointing an accusatory finger at you. “I think that some of the members don’t believe him when he says that he likes you, but I genuinely think that he does. The way he talks about you and always wants you around him isn’t just wanting to hook up.” Yoongi explains, trying to get you to believe him. After this, you begin to eat the food that he brought over.
“Yoongi, I heard this morning that-”
“Did Jungkook say it himself? That he just wanted to hook up with you and then dump you?” You shake your head no, he does have you there. “That’s just what whoever came over thinks, not what Jungkook thinks, trust me. I don’t think I've ever heard Jungkook talk about someone the way he does about you.”
“Okay Yoongi, you’re buying drinks when I eventually let him fuck and then he leaves.” You mumble in between bites of food.
“Okay Y/N, you’re buying drinks when I’m right and that doesn’t happen.” He counters.
“On second thought…I take that back.” Yoongi busts out laughing. “I hear that you’re right a lot. And you know Jungkook better, so whatever.”
“I promise you, he does like you. Before he invited you to the broadcast he was practically running around like a madman to accommodate you.” Yoongi explains, grabbing some food for himself. “He was so upset after the performance because he wanted everything to be perfect, not for himself, but for you.”
“Stop getting my hopes up, Min.” You sigh. “It’s not good for my heart.”
“You have to stop being so stubborn. You’re just like him.” Yoongi laughs.
“Yoongi, I kind of like him. Like actually like him.” You embarrassingly admit, your face flushing a bright red.
Yoongi stares at you for a while. “No shit, Sherlock.” You’re even more embarrassed.
You and Yoongi spend the next couple of hours together, talking about whatever was naturally brought up in the conversation. Eventually, you do have to get ready for work. Yoongi understands, helping clean up from your shared meal. “I’m gonna go and let you get ready for work.” Yoongi smiles, wiping down the coffee table.
“Thank you, Yoongi. Really.” You smile, wrapping him in a hug. You genuinely appreciate him coming to listen, despite giving you debatable information.
“Anytime.” Yoongi smiles, hugging you back. “I’m happy to see my little kids falling in love, having their little fling.” He smiles. “I’ll come visit you at work.” He says before he leaves.
Yoongi carries out his promise, coming later on in the night. You scold him for being out so late, but you suppose he’s used to having late nights. You used your employee discount for his drink, sneaking the baked treat to him. You use the excuse that you throw them out at the end of the day and bake them fresh the next day, which is true but regardless. You had to convince him to take it.
“I told Kook you’re working the nightshift.” Yoongi smiles.
“God damn it, Min.” You sigh, shaking your head.
“He’ll be here in maybe 10 minutes.” Yoongi giggles as he leaves the coffee shop, waving as he walks past the window.
Yoongi is right often, and once again, he’s right about this situation. Jungkook comes in maybe 8 minutes later, a sheepish look on his face. You don’t even know what to say to him, the two of you looking at each other for an extended amount of time.
“What can I get for you?” You smile at him, walking to the register.
“Y/N, you have to believe me.” Jungkook whines, beginning his dramatics as he slumps over on the glass display case. He leaves another Kook-Stamp, making you smile. You could strangle him, you could. “I’ll do anything to prove it to you, I swear.”
“Jungkook, you say that a lot you know.” You laugh. “I’m not mad at you, Kook. You don’t have to apologize to me.”
“I swear I don’t just want to hook up and then run, even though that’s what he made it sound like.” Jungkook continues to whine as he continues to drag his face along the glass. He’s doing a good job at making your job harder.
“Kook, even if you do that’s okay. That’s the pretense I started talking to you anyway.” You laugh. You don’t want him to say things he doesn’t mean, and right now it seems like he’s doing exactly that. “I like whatever little relationship we have going on.”
“Me too.” Jungkook nods. “I really like it too.”
“What can I get for you, Kook?” You smile, reaching over and peeling his face off of the case.
“When do you get off?” You’re still holding his face in your hand, watching as he melts into your touch. “I wanna take you out on a date.”
“You know that’s not a good idea.” You smile at him.
“A date, at my house. Just me and you.”
You roll your eyes, “Sure Kook, I’d love to. For now, what can I get for you?”
You do the same thing as you did Yoongi, sneaking him a baked treat and a drink. You’re not sure your manager would really care, considering who they are, but regardless you pretend that you’re sneaking it.
“When do you get off?” He asks as he sips on the ice coffee in hand, awkwardly holding his treat in the other.
“In about 30 minutes.”
“I’ll wait for you.” He smiles, sitting down at a table. He does, watching every now and then as you do your closing tasks. He’s resting his chin on one of his hands, a soft smile on his face. You jokingly wipe him down with a rag, trying to wipe the table that he’s at. “Wow, a free drink and a free bath?” He laughed. “Customer service is really improving.”
“I need you to stand up from the table.” You laugh, Jungkook not getting the hint. He eventually stands up, watching as you wipe down the table and chair. “Okay, all done. Let me clock out really quickly.”
Afterwards, you meet Jungkook by the door. He makes up for not being able to open the door for you this morning, making a show of beating you to the passenger side. You can’t help but roll your eyes, climbing in. “Okay, to my house?” He smiles, buckling up. You nod, reaching over and grabbing his hand. Jungkook smiles, beginning to drive.
“I gotta ask, Kook. How much is this “date” going to be an actual date? And not just us fooling around on your couch.” It makes Jungkook burst out laughing.
“I would say maybe 95% date, and 5% fool around on my couch if I get lucky.” You can’t help but roll your eyes slightly at him, trying hard to not laugh.
The two of you don’t have much to talk about for the rest of the car ride, a comfortable silence falling over the two of you as music plays. Arriving at his house is no different, not a lot needing to be said as you head inside. Your interest is piqued as Jungkook walks through the house, making his way into the backyard. Without a word, you naturally follow him. The backyard is decorated with various fairy lights and small lanterns on the grass. The small path leads to a blanket, a small picnic arranged in the middle of the yard.
“Kook, you’ve really outdone yourself.” You can’t help but smile at him, the effort making your heart fuzzy.
“I know we can’t really have public dates, so I’ve gotta get creative and find other alternatives.” Jungkook laughs. “And Jin maybe, perhaps, helped me make the food. But don’t give him credit, it’ll go to his head.” He quickly explains, making you giggle. Jungkook dramatically plops down onto the fluffy blanket, patting the area next to him as he peers up at you. Eventually, you cave and plop down along with him. You easily find your seat underneath his arm.
“I really appreciate your effort, Kook.” You smile.
“Listen, I want to explain-”
Before he has a chance to continue on speaking, you slap a hand over his mouth. His eyes are wide as he stares at you, making you giggle. “Shhhh, you’re ruining the mood. You don’t have to, you don’t owe me an explanation.”
“I want you to know that what he said isn't true. Not true in the slightest. I can’t really prove it right now, so in the meantime just take my word for it.” He explains.
“Alright, if you say so.” You smile, rolling your eyes. You rest your head on him, eyes closing slightly. You’ve had a long day and you’re a bit tired, but enjoying the little date regardless. “I hope you thanked Jin for me.” You smile, reaching for a dish and beginning to eat. After a bite, you offer Jungkook some, feeding him. “I can feel you staring at me, Kook.”
“Sorry.” You’re almost able to imagine the blush on his face. “I just think you’re really pretty, y/n.”
Glancing over, he’s still staring at you. “I thought you said we would have a date. Stop trying to butter me up to sleep with you.” You tease, sticking your tongue out at him. It makes the two of you laugh.
“God, can’t even compliment you anymore.” Jungkook complains, laying down on his back. He peers up at the stars, examining any constellations. You listen as he tells you about them, a fond smile overtaking your face involuntarily. He’s especially cute right now, wearing his signature comfy clothes as he shares his knowledge with you. Every now and then, he opens his mouth for a bite of food, which you give him.
“You’re really cute right now, Kook.” You can’t help but smile at him as he glances up.
“Wow, who’s buttering up who now?” He jokes. Eventually, you set the dish down and carefully join him laying down. Cuddled up to his side, you’re not exactly looking at the stars and more or less looking sideways. Jungkook continues to talk about the stars, moon, and planets as you listen. “You’re not even looking at the sky with me.” He whines, realizing after a solid 10 minutes.
“I like listening to you talk.” On the verge of falling asleep, you have to sit back up. If not, you would definitely fall asleep on Jungkook’s chest. Jungkook asks about your day, and with a small pang in your chest you feel guilty. You could lie, but at this point it wouldn’t really matter. “I called Yoongi over to talk, because you hurt my feelings.” You laugh out loud, watching as Jungkook’s face falls. “Don’t worry, he reassured me. I’m not sad about you anymore.”
“...I don’t know what that means.” Jungkook mumbles.
“No, Jungkook. I didn’t fuck Yoongi.” You roll your eyes, watching as he lets out his breath. He does an exaggerated whew which makes you laugh. He goes to the full extent of wiping fake sweat off of his brow. “God, you really think I sleep with everyone. You have some issues.”
Jungkook sits up, wrapping you in his arms before easily dragging you down to the blanket. “Just gotta make sure, otherwise me and Yoongi would have to talk.” He threatens, holding up a fist before placing his arm back down. With your head resting on his arm, facing each other, you can’t help but smile.
“Yoongi and I are good friends, Namjoon introduced him to me first.” You smile. “He’s almost like another Namjoon to me, but less clumsy.”
“So like a brother?”
“Yeah, I suppose-”
“Good.” Jungkook cuts you off, a shit eating grin on his face.
“What if I told you, you were also like a brother to me?” You laugh, watching his expression.
“Well, that would be some fucked up step-brother porn shit.” He shrugs, allowing his eyes to close slightly as he pulls you closer. You genuinely don’t understand Jungkook and his porn references, but you assume it’s a young man thing.
“You must watch a lot of porn, Kook. You’re always referencing it.” You chuckle.
“What do you mean?”
“The co-worker role-play shit and now the step-brother porn scenario.” You laugh, realization finally washing over his face as he remembers his previous reference. “Yeah, you weirdo. You make them a lot.”
“Eh, you like this weirdo.” Kook smiles, pulling you in even closer so that your foreheads are touching. You can't open your eyes and look at him without laughing, so you close your eyes for now. “Y/n?” You hum slightly to acknowledge him. “What if we were to actually date? Like officially date, boyfriend and girlfriend?”
You laugh, thinking he’s joking. You feel like you’re in middle school again. “Your fans would assassinate me.” You joke. Jungkook doesn’t really laugh, but it doesn’t really strike as odd for you. “They definitely wouldn’t be happy that I somehow bagged the golden maknae, the sweet, hot, charming, funny, attractive, perfect, good at everything, youngest member.” You exaggerate, finally making him chuckle with you. “And also, it would probably make you less popular with the ladies, and what superstar wants that?”
“I only want to be popular with you.” He mumbles, making you smile. Your hands come to play with his hair, every now and then smoothing it back down.
“What? No asking new girls to smash at every one of your shows? Is that not something super popular bands do anymore?” You continue to tease him, a soft smile never quite leaving your face. You like teasing him like this, leaving him defending himself.
“We’re not some metal rock band, y/n.” That makes you giggle.
“Doesn’t mean you can’t ask people out. What’s the one contract you have to sign, that says you can’t tell anyone you fucked a famous idol?” You continue to nag.
“Yyyyyy/nnnnnnn.” Jungkook complains, shaking you slightly in his arms.
“Okay, okay.” You smile, the shaking stopping. “I like this Kook, spending time with you.”
“I do too, a lot.” He nods, agreeing. The two of you spend maybe another hour outside, mumbling conversations every now and then. Your eyelids feel heavier as the minutes tick bye, eventually remaining closed for the entire conversation. You suppose Jungkook opens his eyes eventually, noticing. “Are you tired?”
You nod, feeling slightly bad. “I’m alright though, I’m enjoying the date you set up for us.” You can feel Jungkook shuffling slightly next to you, not really assuming anything. The kid moves around often, sometimes being unable to sit still for 5 minutes. In one easy swoop, Jungkook easily lifts you off of the floor. “Kook!” Your arms fly around his neck, eyes slightly wide.
“I got you.” He smiles, easily walking into the house. Laughing at him pushing the glass door open with his ass, he continues in. He continues into his room, “Awww, jagiyaaaa.” He jokes as he carries you bridal style, tossing you onto his bed.
“Ugh, I hate you.” You smile.
“My sweet wife.” Kissing your forehead, he disappears back into the hallway. While he didn’t tell you what he was doing, you can only assume that he’s cleaning up the backyard. It would be unfortunate if the two of you woke up to raccoons in the backyard ransacking Jin’s food. He comes back in, dramatically plopping down next to you. “Not tired anymore?”
“My adrenaline is going from you launching me in the air, Einstein.” Jungkook smiles at you, clearly proud of himself. “Hmm, Kook?” He hums. “Kiss?”
“Fuck yeah!” He cheers, easily hopping onto his knees and making his way over. You hate him, you do. With a smile, Jungkook quickly finds his place in between your legs, connecting your lips. Your legs wrap around his waist, teasingly pulling him closer to you. “Oh?” He asks, a palm coming to hold your thigh that’s around him.
“Shut up.” You pull him closer by his hair, earning a deep groan from him. Your lips slowly slide together, kisses extremely soft. It’s oddly romantic, something you’re not used to with Jungkook. While it’s unfamiliar, it’s not unwelcome. “Kook?”
“Fuck.” He complains, sitting up slightly. “You’re about to ask me to do some shit that doesn’t involve pleasing you.”
“It does please me, you know I love seeing you like that.” You correct him, watching as he jokingly rolls his eyes. Leaning up, you place a small peck onto his lips. “I want you to-”
“Let me guess dry hump you until I cum?” He jokes, placing a gentle kiss onto your jaw.
“I mean, I was gonna let you fuck my thighs but yeah. I like that better.” His face goes blank, making you laugh.
“I’ll take your deal, please I’ll take your deal.”
“Nope, too late. You can fuck my thighs next time.” You laugh. “Get to dry humping Kook, I wanna hear you.”
“It’s like I’m back in high school.” It makes you let out a loud laugh, unable to hold it back. As much as he pretends to hate it, he did come up with the idea. The feeling of your thighs squeezing around him goes to his head, mind running wild. After your little laughing fit, your lips softly reconnect. The both of your hips grind together, eventually finding a decent rhythm. Your kisses are broken up by Jungkook’s soft whines and whimpers, shooting to your core.
“Do I make you feel good, bun? Do you like this?” You gently whisper, placing a kiss to his neck. A louder moan is drawn from him, head falling into your shoulder. “My sweet bun, so good for me.” You continue, pulling softly at his hair to pull his head up. You connect your lips, biting softly onto his bottom lip.
Jungkook’s hands move to hold your hips, grinding them against himself harder. His moans and whines slowly become more frequent, beginning to get the signature look on his face. His eyebrows furrowed together slightly, sweat forming above his brow. His lips are red from kissing and biting them, slightly shiny. His eyes are also closed, losing himself in the feeling as his hips grind harder against your core.
“Bun, you’re doing so good.” You smirk, grabbing one of his wrists slightly. He easily allows you to move it, unsuspecting as you slide it underneath your shirt. You allow your shirt to hike up, bra fully exposed.
“Can I take it off?” Jungkook whines, lips finding your jaw once again. “Please y/n.” He lets out a small moan as you easily reach around, popping open the clasp. It’s torn off in zero seconds flat, quickly being thrown across his room. It almost makes you laugh but you suppress it for the time being. Jungkook’s mouth easily makes its way down to your chest, hot kisses leaving a trail.
Jungkook does a thorough job of leaving hickeys on your chest, finally being able to leave a mark that won’t be seen. He’s too interested in your chest that his hips cease their movement, making you smile. “Alright, that’s enough.” You pull his head back up to kiss him, grinding your hips to remind him.
“Never wanna stop kissing you.” He mumbles against your lips, grinding your hips against his harder than before. His fingertips hurt your hips slightly, holding them tightly. You watch as he loses himself once again, eyes falling closed. “Never wanna stop trying things with you.” He whines, kissing you harder as his hips continue to grind against you. It doesn’t feel amazing to you, but seeing Kook fall apart because of you makes your mind feel cloudy. You’ll never get over having him like this, just you and him.
A particularly loud whine falls past his lips, head coming to rest in the crook of your neck again. There's a giant smile on your face, “Are you close bun? Do you feel good?”
“Almost.” He whines, slight frustration in his demeanor.
“Kook, lay on your back.” You smile, watching as he immediately follows your instruction. He’s painfully hard in his sweatpants, hips jutting into the air. You easily straddle his hips, weight fully resting against him. “You’re so sensitive, bun.” You can't help but smile, pulling your skirt up slightly, Jungkook’s face scrunches up, watching your panties grind against his bulge. His head is thrown back slightly against his pillow. “Feel better?”
“Mhm, yes.” He whines, hips jutting up every now and then, whines spilling past his lips. The sight is almost too much for him, watching as you grind against him, one hand holding your skirt up to give him a show as the other rests on his thigh to stabilize your movement. Your tits sway with your movement, an extra sight for Jungkook's eyes. “Gonna cum.” A loud whine falls past his lips, hips beginning to grind in time with you. Your skirt eventually falls, both hands having to hold yourself up.
“I can feel you, so warm.” Jungkook whimpers, hips stuttering slightly. So close but so far, his mind reeling.
“Go ahead and cum, bun.” You smirk, watching as his head easily falls back. With a small whine of your name and his hips stuttering against you, you know. You continue your movement, watching as he twitches slightly underneath you. His hands come to your hips, stopping the movement before it begins to hurt. It makes you smirk. “You did good, Kook. You should clean up.” your lips easily meet, slowly sliding against each other as he comes down from his high.
“If we ever argue again, no matter what it is, just know that it’s not true. I like this too much to argue with you.” Jungkook explains, making you roll your eyes at him. You have to fight the urge to laugh, still securely sitting on his lap.
“Go change, nasty.” You tease, climbing off his lap and beginning to search for the bra that got launched across the room. You can finally laugh, the bra quite literally being all the way across the room. You get dressed, Jungkook disappearing somewhere into his closet to find new clothes. Exhausted, you happily climb underneath his covers.
“Y/n?” Jungkook mumbles, coming out of the closet once changed. You hum. “When I get the chance, you’re coming 5 times on my tongue alone.”
“I’m sure Kook, I’m sure.” You smile, patting the bed. You watch as he sails through the air, landing directly next to you. You don’t have the energy to scold him, rolling your eyes as you scooch closer so you’re touching.
“Not tonight.” The two of you say in unison, your eyes widening slightly as you try not to laugh. Jungkook has a cocky look on his face, slowly being able to predict your reactions. You finally chuckle, rolling your eyes as you slap a hand over his eyes.
“Go to bed, just go to bed.” You sigh, making him chuckle.
“Thank you Y/n.” Jungkook mumbles, wrapping his arms around you as he pushes his face into the crook of your neck. It makes you smile, twirling his soft hair in your fingers. You hum slightly, not knowing what he was really thanking you for. “For spending time with me, and treating me like a normal person. And not Jungkook of BTS.”
“If I treated you like Jungkook of BTS, it would go to your head too much.” You laugh. “I like Jeon Jeongguk more anyways. Always nervous and sweet and cute. If you acted like some stuck up superstar I think we’d fistfight.”
“I’d win.” He laughs, vibrations sprawling along your skin.
“Nah, I'd punch you straight on your dick.” You comment, another laugh being pulled from him. “End the fight before it even starts.” Jungkook just hums, not saying anything else as he allows himself to drift off. You can’t help but smile, placing a kiss on his forehead before following. “Night Kookie.”
______
You’re woken up by the door clicking shut, sitting up in the bed. Jungkook’s warmth lingers next to you, recently here. “Kook?” You mumble, rubbing the sleep out of your eyes as you glance around the room. A small Yeah? Comes from the bathroom, voice being drowned out by the sound of the shower. A bulb goes off in your brain, a giant smirk on your face. “Kook? Can I join you?” A shit eating grin is irremovable, plastered across your face.
“I- huh? What? What did you say?” He stutters and you can almost imagine the look on his face. “I mean, if you want to. If you’re comfortable?”
“Close your eyes, don’t open until I say.” You smile, clicking open the bathroom door. You can see his figure in the glass, slightly foggy from the hot water running. You’re not 100% sure if his eyes are actually closed, but you give him the benefit of the doubt as you quickly strip down. The sound of your clothes hitting the floor is almost music to his ears, Jungkook’s mind going into overdrive as he faces towards the shower head (eyes closed because he listens.)
His ears strain as he listens to you, hearing the soft pad of your footsteps make their way into the shower. “You really don’t have to if you’re not comfortable-” Jungkook speaks up, hearing you step in behind him. His words are cut short as he feels you press against his back, arms snaking around to rest on his chest. “T-this isn’t showering together.” His face is hot, ears a deep red.
“I didn't say shower together, I said join you.” You giggle, allowing your hands to roam his body. “You can open your eyes now if you want, but you can’t really see much.” You chuckle, lightly dragging your nails along his skin.
“You’re gonna be the death of me.” He whines, chest pushing into your palms as you glide them over his muscles. He can feel your tits against him, pressed flush together. “Can I hold you?” He whines as your hands move further down, almost agonizingly slow.
“I'm not moving from behind you, so if you can find a way, sure.” You smile, resting your cheek onto his skin. Jungkook does find a way, reaching behind him and allowing his hands to rest just on your ass. It pulls you closer, your body now almost entirely flush together.
“Fuck, I can’t believe you’re naked and I can’t even see you.” Jungkook complains, taking the opportunity to grab the flesh underneath his palms.
“You’re so whiny.” You roll your eyes, gently taking his cock in one hand. “And so painfully predictable.” You tease, feeling the hard on in your fist.
“I have a naked lady pressed up against me, it’d be more embarrassing if I wasn’t horny.” He justifies himself, making you laugh lightly. You take the time to rile him up, slowly moving your loose fist as the other hand continues to run along his skin. Your fingers easily find a nipple, pinching it just enough to earn a loud whine from him and feel his hips thrust forward.
“Always a smart ass.” You smile, tightening your hold slightly. “You’re extra responsive today, what’s up bun?” You can’t help but carry on, feeling his cock throb in your hold. Your other hand comes down as well, both fists pumping his cock at a slow pace.
“You’re just so close,” He whines, head falling back slightly. “And your skin feels so warm against me.” He continues, hips gently rocking as he gets used to the pace, meeting your hands each time. Jungkook's moans echo off the shower walls, mixed in with the running water. “I wish you could always be around.” He babbles, a small blush creeping up on your face.
“Do my hands feel good wrapped around you, bun? Want me to go faster?” You mumble against his skin, kissing the shoulder you’re hiding behind.
“Nope. Feels so good, enjoying the time with you.” He whines, hips thrusting forward slightly harder.
“Are you watching Kook? I wish I could see you fucking my hands.” You bite his skin lightly, not enough to leave a mark. “You probably look so good.” You smile, squeezing your hands slightly to emphasize your point. It earns a throaty moan from him, cock twitching in your hold.
“I'll come too fast, I wanna enjoy this with you.” He answers, voice soft. You swear he could melt you with words if he tried hard enough, the burning in your ears worsening by the second.
“Y’really know how to sweet talk a girl, bun.” You crack a light joke, releasing one hand to roam his body once more. It’s more for you than him, fingertips tracing every curve and muscle that they come across. Jungkook also releases one of his hands, coming back around to his own body. You’re not expecting it to grab your wrist, catching you off guard as both of your hands stop their movement.
You can't see what he’s doing, nor the soft smile he has on his face. He slowly pulls the hand up, placing the softest kiss possible onto your palm. He continues, gently folding your fingers before placing another soft kiss onto your knuckles. “Love spending time with you,” He whines, rocking his hips back into your stilled fist. It almost snaps you back in reality, momentarily forgetting what you both were doing since you were too focused on what he was doing.
The burn in Jungkook’s face is undeniable, and he’s glad you’re behind him this time. His chest feels tight with too many emotions he can’t tell you currently, and even if he did you wouldn’t believe it. His heartbeat is erratic, beating so hard he can hear it in his ears. Saying I love you wouldn’t be right just yet, especially in the current circumstance the two of you are in. So for now, he’s just got to put love somewhere in the sentence.
“Me too, bun. Me too.” You smile, tightening your hold and slightly picking up the pace in an attempt to recover your composure. Your other hand also comes down to resume the position the two of you were in before, Jungkook picking up the pace as well as he rocks his hips into you. “Wanna hear you bun.”
He gives you exactly that, allowing soft whines, whimpers, and moans to bounce off the tile walls. The shower fails to drown out the noises this time, the echo of Jungkook overpowering the water. “Close.” Jungkook whimpers, eyes closing hard as he focuses on the feeling of your hands wrapped around him. “So close.”
“You’re doing so good.” You mumble, kissing along his skin in between sentences. You gently tighten your hands, watching as his hips falter a bit in their pace. “My good boy-“ You can't even finish your sentence before Jungkook’s hips pause, a loud whine falling past his lips. His cock throbs slightly, fingers digging into your skin as he rides out the high. You know he gets overstimulated easily, continuing your movement to see how much he takes before he pulls your hands away. (Spoiler alert, it’s not much.)
“That caught me off guard.” His face is bright red, trying to calm himself before he turns to face you.
“The ‘My good boy’ bit or?” You chuckle, reaching forward to rinse your hands off. “You can finish your shower now, bun. I'll stop disturbing you.” You giggle, back hugging him and kissing his shoulder one last time.
“Wait, can you wash my hair?” (He really wants you to stay longer, and he secretly not-so-secretly loves your hands in his hair.)
“What, so you can look?” You jokingly groan, making him giggle.
“I’ll close my eyes, pinky promise.” He dumbly shoves his hand backwards, pinky outstretched. You can’t help but roll your eyes, linking your pinkies anyways. He spins around quickly, eyes shut. Jungkook's palms immediately reach out to find you, finding their place on your waist and resting there. There’s light red marks from your nails along his torso, looking extremely erotic as he stands in front of you.
“You’re so cute.” You giggle, genuinely not believing he’s standing in the shower in front of you with his eyes closed. “Let me get the shampoo.” As soon as your hands hit his hair, Jungkook realizes he’s struck gold. He instantly melts, head leaning into your palms as you massage the shampoo in his hair. A small hum of content comes from him, your fingertips massaging his scalp and temples gently.
“Holy shit,” He mumbles, eyes closed as you continue the mini massage. The look on his face makes you giggle, thumbs gently massaging his temples once again. Leaning forward, you place a gentle peck onto his lips.
You continue to place periodic kisses, Jungkook’s face permanently a smile. “You want me to condition too?” You laugh, stepping into him. He gets the hint, stepping backwards underneath the water as you rinse his hair. He nods with a shit eating grin. You repeat the process, your arms slightly burning from reaching up for so long.
“I'll wash your hair too.” He claims, making you giggle.
“With your eyes closed?”
“Of course.” He begins to fumble around the bottles, looking for the shampoo bottle. You have to help him, placing the bottle (he wasn’t even close) into his palm. “Got it, got it.”
“Please don’t get it in my eyes, Kook.” Pleading, you step closer to him and rest your hands on his torso. Feeling with the back of his hand, he finds the top of your head before beginning to lather the shampoo into your hair. It feels good, both of his hands massaging your scalp. You now understand the hype he gave this. Jungkook matches your antics, leaning down and giving you small pecks.
The two of you laugh uncontrollably as you shift sides in the shower to rinse, feet shuffling as you spin 180 degrees. He carefully rinses your hair, trying hard not to get any shampoo in your eyes despite not being able to see. You one again shuffle around to rinse the conditioner in his hair out, small chuckles filling the shower. “Your hair is soft.” Jungkook mumbles, hands resting on the nape of your neck.
“It doesn't even have conditioner in it.”
“It's just always soft,” He shrugs. You watch him fumble around once again, looking for the conditioner bottle this time. You have to help him, this time setting it in front of his hands rather than passing it to him. He celebrates finding it himself, which makes you fight the urge to giggle.
“Just the middle and end, Kook.” He nods in front of you, once again finding your head before following your instructions. He makes sure to condition it thoroughly before spinning the two of you around again, rinsing it. “If you wanna wash your body, you’re doing that yourself. You’d like it too much if I did it.”
“I already did before you snuck in here, missy.” Jungkook smiles, “And that’s a missed opportunity for you.”
“What’s that supposed to mean?”
“Your hands would be able to touch every single inch of me,” Jungkook cracks, gently grabbing your hands and jokingly running them along his chest and abs. “People would kill to do that.”
“Yeah, every inch right Kook?” You laugh, reaching around his body and grabbing his ass in your hands. It makes him jump slightly, a loud laugh bouncing off the shower tiles.
“I mean hey, if you want.” He smiles, hands resting back in your hair. Kook gently pulls you closer, chests pressing together.
“You can open your eyes now-“ His eyes shoot open immediately, “You won’t be able to see anything though.” It’s true, looking down the most he can actually see if your cleavage pressed against him. “Pervert.” You roll your eyes.
“I like spending time with you.”
“You say that often.” You lean up, pecking his cheek.
“It’s because I mean it.” He giggles, stepping back into the stream of water. You raise a brow as the two of you are covered with water. Jungkook laughs, easily connecting your lips and pulling you closer to him. “It’s like kissing underneath the rain.” It makes you laugh out loud, pretending to push him away.
“Close your eyes, i’m getting out.” Waiting until he fully closes his eyes, you let go and almost scurry out of the bathroom. You steal the towel he had laid out for himself, collect your clothes from the floor, and begin making a dash for his closet to ransack his sweatpants and t-shirt collection. You can hear grumbles from Kook, complaining about the missing towel. You trail off into the living room, plopping down onto the the couch. Kook eventually joins you in the living room controller in hand, sitting in the corner of the large u-shaped couch and swinging his legs up.
You don’t think much of it, watching as he powers on the large tv and his game system. With ease, Jungkook easily drags you over, pulling you across his thigh to sit in between his legs. “You always sit so far away from me.” He laughs, wrapping his arms around you as he easily pushes the buttons on his controller. Your back rests against his chest, head just below his chin as he easily peers over you at the screen.
“All this couch space and we’re just taking up a little piece of it.” You giggle, resting your hands on Kook’s thighs next to you. “What are you playing?” You can almost see the grin on his face as he clicks on Overwatch, answering your question without actually saying anything. He easily starts a round, selecting Widowmaker without a second thought. “Woowww, pick the half naked girl with insane proportions. I should’ve guessed.” You tease.
“I- what? She’s a good character!” Jungkook defends, making you chuckle softly. Despite defending his choice, he quickly changes it to McCree. Before you have another chance to tease him about his character change, he begins the round.
There’s not much conversation after that, watching as Jungkook plays his game with well practiced skill. He’s extremely good, but it’s no shock to you. Eventually he does change back to Widowmaker, offering nothing other than a quick shut up, before he resumes the game. With the change of character, he’s just as good if not better. You assume that he uses her the most while playing, well adjusted to her fighting style.
“Here, you play.” Jungkook announces, moving his hand off the controller and replacing it with one of yours. He goes the same with the other side, stifling his laughter as you lamely hold the controller in your hands.
“I can’t, Kook. I don’t know any of the controls. I’ll get shot 2 seconds in.” It also doesn’t help that he’s high rank, meaning the difficulty level is super insanely unbelievably hard.
“It’s alright, we’ll get used to it.” Kook says softly, placing his hands over your own and clicking your thumb down, beginning the game. You’re able to quickly conclude that this isn’t going to go well, but it’s going to be funny at least. Jungkook plays the game more than you, moving and jamming down your fingers whenever it is needed. You can’t help but laugh, Jungkook frantically trying to move your fingers from button to button as you’re being shot at. “Press L2!! L2 Y/n!” His body jumps slightly as you’re shot again. “Shit! Move move! Run away!”
You’re almost cackling at this point, trying hard to keep any tears out of your vision. “Wait wait! I can shoot them!” You laugh, finally familiar enough with the controls to actually act on your own. You get a couple of shots in before you have to run again, not even sure if they died. You just know that you at least did damage.
“You got them!” Jungkook beams, “Baby’s first kill.” He begins the dramatics, wrapping his arms tightly around you and rocking you in his hold. You laugh, attention taken away from the game. You’re killed soon after that, but neither of you really care. “You’re eventually gonna beat my skill, maybe even kill me in a game.”
Rolling your eyes, the rocking slows to a stop. “I highly doubt it.” With a smile, you hand the controller back over to kook and encourage him to play another round if he wants. After a couple more rounds, Kook switching between characters as he felt, you’re finally feeling the results of not eating all morning. Slipping from his arms, you make your way into the kitchen in search of anything edible.
“Whatta ya looking for?” Jungkook eventually asks as he hears the fridge open, clicking out of his game. With the new distraction, Jungkook stretches out on the otherwise empty couch. “I haven't been grocery shopping in awhile, so there’s maybe a singular crumb in the fridge currently.”
“I’m reheating the food that Jin made, thank god for him.” You roll your eyes, unpacking the food that Jungkook put up on his own last night. You can hear Jungkook complain somewhere in the living room, mentioning Don’t give him too much credit, remember?
Once hot, you bring the food containers into the living room, setting them down on the coffee table. Jungkook immediately takes the opportunity, placing his head on your lap. “What if you just stay here?” Jungkook boldly mumbles, “And I can come home from work everyday to you lounging around my home.” You give him a look before redirecting your focus back to your food. “Come home to my sweet girl, make dinner together, kiss, cuddle on the couch, go to sleep.”
His eyes drift clothes, daydreaming. You deliver a sharp flick to his forehead, watching as he jolts up and places a palm over it. “Reality to Kook? I gotta go soon so let’s eat together, instead of you being a weirdo.”
“You have to go?? Just stay here with meeee, I'll give you half of my paychecks.” He complains, jokingly wrapping himself around you and pretending to never let go. You roll your eyes, beginning to wedge your feet in any crevices, shoving him away from your body. You shove him to the other side of the couch, keeping your legs on the cushions to maintain the distance.
“You’re a freak.” You joke, offering him a bite from your spoon. He reluctantly takes it. “I have off on Friday if you wanna do something again.” You smile, already knowing that Jungkook is going to begin in antics.
“Friday?! That’s so far away, 5 days!” Jungkook whines, hands coming up to grab your calves and thighs. “I’ll have to visit you at work everyday, otherwise I won't get by!” He continues to complain and whine, really cranking up the dramatics.
“You’re a super busy idol, I'm sure you’ll have plenty to do.” You laugh, watching as he lays on his stomach in front of you. Jungkook’s really not sly in the slightest, but you’re also extremely used to his antics. Slowly, he places both of your legs over his shoulders as he crawls closer. “Ugh.” You joke.
“Y/n, you kill me. You really do, god what I'd give to just taste you once.” Kook whines, wrapping his arms around your thighs as he holds them. Turning his head, he places a kiss on your inner thigh through the sweatpants. “I’d give you a month’s worth of my paycheck, I would.”
“Do you hear yourself right now?” Taking a final bite of the food, you place it over onto the coffee table. “You look like a starved man right now.” You jokingly place your hands in his hair, pulling and tugging as if he were actually eating you out. He groans softly, eyes falling closed for a moment.
“I am, I've been starved since our first date.”
“My poor boy, you're just DYING.” You joke, letting go of his hair as you get more comfortable. Your legs are still resting on his shoulders, Jungkook unmoving. “Soak it all in, because I've gotta go soon.” You roll your eyes, watching as he rests his head extremely close to your core.
Leaving is the same as always, Jungkook trying hard to convince you to stay. He continues to make a show of opening the passenger side door, getting in, and trying to convince you once more before leaving. Once at your apartment, he tries to walk you up, being met with the usual saying. He knows you’re terrified to be caught, but he’s slowly losing his care for it. “We can't be seen TOGETHER, Kook! People will freak out!” You reiterate, watching as he fakes a tantrum. “I’ll see you Friday, Kook?” You smile.
“100%” Jungkook nods. You give him a quick kiss before getting out, waving to his car before walking in the building.
Walking up by yourself is a bit lonely, and it’s almost like you’ve gotten too used to being with Kook. You don’t think the next 5 days would really be that bad, but as they begin to drag along you’re starting to feel like Jungkook in the car.
Jungkook’s been just as busy, working every day. He visits only once, coming in for maybe 15 minutes. Despite being very much in public, he demands at least one kiss before leaving.
“I’ll have my usual.” He smiles, pressing his face on the glass display case. You’re convinced that he does it now as his signature and to annoy you. He watches you make his drink and bag his treat, tossing it to bounce off his head. He barely reacts, likely tired from his long day of work.
“Aw, my boy’s tired.” You coo at him jokingly, reaching over the glass to hold his face in your palms. He gladly accepts it, a smile forming on his face. “You have a long day at work?” He nods, seemingly too tired to talk. “I’ll hurry and finish your drink.” Jungkook shuffles over to the pickup area, still not saying much. “Kooook, you’re worrying me.”
“I’m just tired. I woke up really early and alone. Would have so much more energy if I woke up next to you.” He smiles, watching as you roll your eyes at him.
“I think it would be exactly the opposite.” You laugh softly, placing the drink in his hand. “But I miss you too, Kook. Since that’s what you’re trying to say.”
“I really do miss you.” He nods. “So much so that I want a kiss.”
That makes you side eye him, searching for any sign that he’s joking. He’s unfortunately not, beginning your flurry of complaints to begin. “Kook, I’m at work. And people can walk in and see, or even walk by the shop.” You whine. Jungkook continues to stand in front of you, leaning over the counter towards you. “And my manager can walk out and see, or a coworker. Seriously, Kook.”
“Just a quick kiss, no one’s around. It's late Wednesday night, no ones gonna come.” Jungkook justifies his actions, puckering his lips. “Just a peck.”
“Kook.” You whine, watching as he’s obviously not changing his position. “You owe me.” You sigh, leaning over your half of the counter and kissing him.
“I owe you a lot, I’ve told you this.” Jungkook smirks. “It’s just based on whenever you’re gonna let me actually make it up to you.”
You can’t help but laugh at him, “Get out of my store.” You push him away from the counter. “I’ll see you Friday.”
Jungkook blows you another kiss as he leaves, “I’ll text you.”
______
The days feel like they drag by even slower after that, Friday eventually coming. Jungkook texts you bright and early at 6 am. I have work until 4, but after that i’ll be over at your place. 100% You kind of wish he also had the day off so you could potentially do something, but you understand regardless. Just as promised, Jungkook is beating on your front door at a prompt 4:30 pm.
“God! I’ve never been more happy to leave work.” Jungkook whines, quickly walking in. He drops the bags he’s carrying onto your kitchen counter, immediately coming over to you and wrapping you in his arms. “It’s like torture, being away from you.” Jungkook whines, shuffling the both of you towards the couch. You giggle the two of you topple over, Jungkook landing on you with a small oof. “Jimin made fun of me for running out of the building.”
“You must’ve had to speed over here to get here in 30 minutes.” Glancing over to the bags on the table, you correct yourself. “15 minutes, since you picked up food.” You rub his back softly, your free hand coming to rest on his head as you hold him. His arms are wrapped around your torso, hugging you tightly.
“Do you work tomorrow?” Jungkook mumbles into your chest, making you laugh.
“Nope, do you?”
“Nope.” You can feel him smile into your skin. “I’m not leaving this couch with you. Gonna lay here forever.” It makes you smile.
“We should go out later.” You smile, “Every time we’re together we sit on the couch and fool around.” It makes the both of you giggle.
“I thought you didn’t want to be recognized?”
“I don’t want YOU to be recognized.” You correct him. “But maybe if we go to a busy market, no one will notice us together. So if someone stops you, I can just keep walking and pretend I don’t know who you are.” You joke.
“Wow, so romantic.” While you can’t see, you can imagine Jungkook rolling his eyes.
“What do you suggest?”
“We go out and make out at the busiest club in Seoul.”
“...I’m no longer taking suggestions from you.” You pull his head up slightly to look at each other. “Your suggestion privileges are revoked. Anyways, smart ass, the market is maybe a 10 minute walk from here. If we leave around 12, and the market closes at 3 am, we should have plenty of time.”
“I’d love to go with you, Y/n.” Jungkook finally concedes, shifting up and giving you a kiss. “For now, we should eat before it gets cold.”
The two of you seemingly have a routine, heading towards the kitchen. Jungkook grabs the food and brings it into the kitchen, you grab drinks, paper towels, and anything else you may need. Once sitting down on the couch, a show is quickly put on as background filler before the two of you begin eating.
“The members are still giving you hell?” You ask in between bites of food.
“The older members, no. They think it’s cute now I guess. But Jimin and Tae still think it’s funny I guess. It’s probably just because they’re so close to me in age.” Jungkook laughs, shrugging. “Plus, we always give each other hell. Tae and Lisa, from BlackPink, went to Paris together and Jimin and I wouldn’t stop making jokes about them smashing.” He laughs at his own joke.
“Oh, so that’s who that was that morning?” You laugh. “Don’t you have a fLiGhT tO cAtCh!” You mock Jungkook’s voice, watching as his eyes widen slightly.
“Listen, he didn’t-”
“Shut up.” You laugh, pretending to slap your hand over his mouth. At this point, you know that he’ll just lick your palm so you don’t. “I’m not mad at him, I don’t care Kook.”
He can only sigh in defeat, which makes you laugh. For the next couple of hours, the two of you don’t care to do very much. Jungkook is stuck to you like glue, complaining about his withdrawals he’s had since being away for 5 days. It’s a bit dramatic, but it makes the fond feeling in your chest grow even more. The two of you take turns lying on each other, only shifting when it begins to feel like one person is crushing the other. (Jungkook doesn’t feel like that, you insist on switching because you think you’re crushing him.) The conversation is minimal, the two of you mumbling random topics every now and then.
“I still think you should come live with me.”
“I think you need to stop thinking.”
“I think it would benefit us both.”
“You’re thinking with your dick.”
“...Maybe.”
You can only laugh at him, no rebuttal truly needed. It’s maybe an hour before you plan to leave that you make Jungkook get off, taking your time to get ready. He complains that you’re too far, following you like a lost puppy around your small apartment.
“You really have separation anxiety, these last 5 days really killed you.” You tease, doing light makeup in the bathroom. Jungkook sits on the closed toilet seat, watching.
“Can I put on your gloss?”
“You’re really killing me.” You can’t help but laugh, the sparkle in his eyes as he stares at you undeniable. You hand him the gloss, quickly finishing the rest of your makeup before allowing him to do the gloss. He’s about to get up when you stop him, sitting down on his lap. “Alright, knock yourself out.”
“The blood is rushing to my head.” Jungkook mumbles, making you laugh as you reach for his hair. “Other head.”
“I hate you.” You stop talking so he can put on the gloss, not wanting to get it all over your face. You choose not to indulge his dick talk, easily getting off his lap and making your way out of the bathroom. “I guess we’re ready to make our way out?”
“You look so hot, this isn’t fair.”
“I’m not even wearing anything that nice?” You question, shrugging him off. If he keeps it up, the two of you won’t be going anywhere besides your bedroom. “Stop trying to sweet talk me and put your shoes on. I hope you have a mask, or a hat, or something, Jungkook. You’re pretty recognizable.”
“I’ll cover up just for you.” He smiles. “But I have a hat in my car, so we’re gonna have to make a stop before we walk to the market.”
As much as he can be a smart ass, you genuinely enjoy spending time with Jungkook. Walking to the market is peaceful, the both of you rarely encountering another person on the sidewalk. The two of you walk arm in arm until you get closer to the market. Once you draw closer, maybe 8 minutes into your walk, the streets get significantly busier. You unlink your arms, putting a bit of distance between the both of you as you walk into the market.
“If we do have to separate, just call or text so we can meet up at a vendor or something.” You explain, watching as Jungkook nods. “I promise you, if someone recognizes you and stops you, I'll continue to walk.”
“Fair enough.” Jungkook agrees, making you smile.
The market is extremely busy, but it’s also fun to walk through together. Jungkook insists on buying things you pick up and genuinely seem to like, easily pulling his wallet out and ignoring your complaints. It’s small things like rings or necklaces that you like and pick up without thinking. After noticing, you do your best to avoid touching anything.
Walking through the market, Jungkook isn’t stopped once. Most people who interact with him are small squeals and aggressive waving, which Jungkook returns. Anytime that happens, you pretend to not see it or know why, continuing your path. Since he hasn’t gotten fully stopped, you don’t need to play Where's Waldo to find each other.
“Do you think they have those cheesy corn dog things?” You smile, imitating a cheese pull to emphasize your point.
Jungkook just stares at you for a moment, a blank expression on your face. You’re about to continue explaining, thinking he didn’t understand when he interrupts you. “You’re so cute.” He smiles, tossing an arm over your shoulder. It makes you nervous, scared people are going to see the both of you. “I think there’s some food vendors up here, we can go look.”
You walk with his arm around you, having to fight the giant smile that tugs on the edge of your lips. He insists on buying you the corndog, finding a place for the two of you to sit down in the meantime. “I can’t believe people recognize you even though so much is covered.” You state, thinking about the wide eyes and giant smiles that he’s gotten from fans over the course of the night.
“I have to fight the urge to laugh while you pretend to not know me.” Jungkook smiles, a fond look on his face that you choose to ignore.
As the hours tick by, the vendors begin to close. While the market is open until 3 am, some vendors close early if they aren’t getting that much business. Jungkook insists on walking through the rest of the market with arms linked, claiming there’s barely anyone around anymore. You have to indulge him, the look on his face leaving no room for you to say no. The walk home is significantly longer than the walk to the market, the two of you dragging your feet along the pavement the entire way.
“That was fun, it’s nice to go out instead of just sitting on the couch.” You smile, resting your head on Jungkook’s chest as you wait for the elevator to meet your floor. You can feel him reaching around, eventually holding the back of your neck gently.
“I had fun too.” He smiles, placing the lightest kiss to your head.
“Are you tired from work?” You return the gesture, wrapping your arms around his torso. “You seemed worn out earlier.”
“I feel more energized now.”
“Good, because you still owe me that thigh fuck.”
“God, it’s like we’re meant for each other.” Jungkook comments, making you genuinely laugh at him.
There’s not much left to talk about when the two of you get into your apartment, Jungkook’s lips immediately finding yours as the door clicks shut behind you. His hands roam everywhere he can reach, more desperate than ever to have you close to him. Jungkook devours you as if he’d been starved, unconsciously pinning your body against the door.
“Kook, my room is down the hall to the right.” You mumble against his lips, immediately connecting them once more. He wastes no time, hands easily finding the back of your thighs and lifting you in one swift motion. He surprisingly navigates well, pulling away from your lips one time to open the door. your back hits the bed, Jungkook following right after as he finds his place in between your legs. “Someone’s excited.” You giggle, wrapping your legs around his waist.
“Unbelievably so.” He mumbles against your skin, head falling into the corner of your neck. “I wish I could carry you around in my pocket all the time.”
“You really need to stop thinking, Kook.” You laugh. “Want you to fuck my thighs and imagine it’s the real thing.” You smile, watching as his head picks up slightly. The look on his face makes you giggle.
“I'm gonna die, I really am Y/n.” He complains, sitting back on his heels. His hands rub your jeans, palms squeezing your thighs. “You’ll be the sole cause.” His hands rest on your hips, fingers inching towards the button and zipper. “May I?” He smiles up at you.
“Of course.” You smile back, lifting your hips slightly. He easily undoes the closure, yanking them down in one swift tug. It makes you giggle as he rips them the rest of the way, sending the denim flying to the other side of the room. “You are always chucking my clothes across the room.” You giggle, sitting up in your spot.
Your fingertips easily find the edge of his shirt, hands slipping up and beginning to hike the fabric up. It comes off in one easy movement, you deliberately tossing it as hard as possible towards the door. “So pretty kook, always so pretty just for me.” You smile, placing a kiss onto his abs. “Out of curiosity, how many people have you been with while we’ve been playing our little cat and mouse game?” While you wait for an answer, you’re hard at work biting light marks into his skin.
“What? None, a big fat zero. Can't even imagine being with someone else.” He mumbles, hands nestling themselves in your hair. “…How many have you been with?”
“None, no one would match up to my pretty boy.” You smile, glancing up at him. “Lubes in the top drawer.” You lay back as he fishes it out clumsily, pressing your thighs together in front of him. You had bought a new bottle just for the occasion, watching as he rips it open with his teeth.
“This is so not fair.” He mumbles, a blush spreading across his face as he peels off his chunky cargo pants, Calvin Klein boxers the only thing remaining.
“God, I wish I could take a picture of you.” You mumble, watching as he pulls your calves over his hips. “So hot, Kook.”
“Do it then, go find your phone.” He smirks, this time watching you be the one to scramble for something. Thankfully it’s just on the nightstand, you’d die of embarrassment if you had to go out into the kitchen.
“If you get too cocky I'll record you and your Fleshlight, all whiny and whimpering.” You vaguely threaten, laying back down. Jungkook just giggles as he pulls your legs further over his hips, thighs resting close to his waist. you snap a multitude, some with his face and some without. “Lay down.”
He follows without even questioning, plopping down in the spot next to you. With a small huff, you push yourself up and over as you sit on his lap. “Fuck.” He whines underneath you, hips bucking slightly up. “Hope these pictures come out good.” He says sarcastically as you take more, his hands gripping your thighs.
“Doesn’t matter, these are for me and me only.” You laugh, tossing it back onto the bedside stand. “Gotta remember you like this all because of me.” You can’t help but smirk, leaning down and kissing him slowly. He keens, a small whine falling past his lips as you pull away. “My pretty bun.”
Jungkook flips your spots, once again in between your thighs as you lay on your back. He peels off his boxers, once again silently questioning how he’s naked while you’re basically clothed. “Gonna lose my mind.” He states for maybe the millionth time, making you giggle.
“You ready bun, you really gotta give me a show.” Pulling him down, your lips easily slot together. Slowly reaching down, your fingertips make contact with his abdomen before trailing down, feeling the hardon. “Just gotta make sure you’re ready.” You smirk as he whines against your lips. You easily rest it against your stomach, pulling away slightly. “Look how big you are, Kook, don’t even know if it’d actually fit inside.”
Jungkook glances down to see what you’re talking about, a whine immediately falling past his lips. His tip is resting basically on your stomach, hips not even fully flush together yet. “Y/n.” It’s blunt and dry, very clearly a warning.
“Okay, okay.” You have to fight the smile off your face, letting go of his cock as you pull your legs up. “Make sure you use the lube, it’ll hurt you otherwise.” You remind him, squeezing your thighs together.
He’s hesitant at first, and you don’t know if it’s because he’s never done it before or because you’re so close to the real thing now. With a small bit of encouragement, he’s finally slipping in between your thighs. His hands quickly replace yours, squeezing and pushing them together to his liking. He still has length sticking out when his hips meet your thighs, a whine spilling past his lips each time. “So warm.” He whines, fingertips digging into the soft flesh underneath them.
“So big, Kook.” You smile, using a loose fist to cover what your thighs don’t. The extra contact makes his hips stutter slightly, beginning to pump harder into them. “Is this new for you bun?”
“Y-yeah.” A small moan falls past his lips, finally finding a pace that works for him. The lube is all over your thighs, easily sliding his cock in between them. You begin to squeeze your thighs when Jungkook doesn’t, constantly catching him off guard. “I'm trying not to come too fast, you’re gonna make that happen if you keep doing that.” He threatens, watching the smirk spread across your face. “I'm serious.”
His complaints fall on deaf ears, eventually giving up as he pushes your thighs aside and leans down to kiss you. “You’re gonna get lube all over your sides.” You laugh, trying to keep your thighs from touching his waist. He ignores it, continuing to liter you in kisses.
“I'll take the risk.” He mumbles, making you smile into the kiss. After a bit, he leans back once again, gently pushing your thighs together. The lube’s cold now, a soon to be found surprise for Kook. “Okay, good to go.” He chuckles, fake wiping nonexistent sweat. As he slides back in, you can feel his muscles contract against the back of your thighs.
“Cold?” You fight the urge to laugh.
He doesn’t answer, face turning slightly pink as he he begins to fuck your thighs once again. It eventually warms up from the movement, causing whines to spill from him once more. “Look so cute, bun.” You smile, squeezing your fist tighter each time he pushes into you.
“Y/n, gimme a break.” He whimpers into your knee, head falling slightly.
“You know I won't.” You giggle, pushing his cock down slightly. Each time he fucks into you, his head brushes against your stomach. Jungkook's cock is almost mind numbingly close to your pussy, brushing against it slightly with each thrust.
“This is even worse.” He mumbles, peeling his eyes open slightly to watch. “So close, so warm.” His eyes fall shut again, genuinely trying to enjoy the feeling for as long as possible. Jungkook's fingertips leave small bruises underneath them, unconsciously clenching his hands roughly.
“So close Kook, can feel you through my panties.” You almost whine, squeezing your thighs tightly.
“Y/n, it’s too much.” Jungkook whines, “You’re so close and warm.” He whines, placing a kiss onto your knee.
“Doing so good for me, always do good for me.” You mumble, hands reaching up to hold Jungkook's wrists. Each thrust rocks your body slightly, attempting to get any stabilization by holding onto Jungkook. His eyes screw shut slightly, head falling back as he focuses on the feeling. You continue to squeeze your thighs together for him, earning slightly louder whines. “Wish you could always be like this for me and me only.”
“Can I cum on your stomach, please Y/n.” He whimpers, thrusts speeding up. The back of your thighs are likely bright red from Jungkook's hips, skin slightly sore.
“Go ahead, bun.” You smile, pulling your shirt up so your under-bra is showing. The sight is just enough for Jungkook, hips slowing as his head drops slightly onto your knees. You begin to rub your thighs together, watching Jungkook's face as he becomes more sensitive. He’s slowly getting better at being overstimulated, but it’s still not his favorite as he quickly pulls away from in between your legs. “We gotta get you used to overstimulation.” You smile, watching the dread wash over his face.
“I’m trying, I really am.” He chuckles, “It’s just so hard to get used to.” Complaining, he crawls off the bed and shuffles around the numerous clothes on the floor. He easily slides on his boxers before making his way into the bathroom.
“Kook?!”
“I’m coming!” Jungkook calls back, making you smile. Walking back into the bedroom, he has two rags in hand, a smile plastered across his face. “I hope you don’t think that I'd leave you laying here like that.”
He cleans you up carefully, using one to wipe the lube off of your thighs and the other to wipe his cum off. They’re both warm, something that only Jungkook would’ve thought of. He jogs out of the room, throwing them into a hamper before jogging back in. The smile on his face is undeniable, once again laying on his stomach in front of you. You fight off the smile, watching as his arms easily wrap around your thighs as he kisses the inside of your thighs. He continues to crawl closer, teasing, placing the lightest kiss onto your panties.
“One taste, just once.” He mumbles, placing a harder kiss onto the fabric. His eyes search for a yes, wide and slightly shiny as he stares up at you. “Your thighs are all red from me.” He groans, hands grazing the battered skin under them.
“Kook, i’m tiredddd.” You complain, reaching down and easily grabbing his arms that are still wrapped around your thighs. Jungkook follows, laying on your chest. It’s already almost 5 am, your eyes threatening to close on you. One of your hands rests on his bicep, the other in the back of his hair. “Tonight was really fun, I really enjoyed it. Maybe next time we can go to a club, but sit on opposite sides of the bar and pretend to flirt like strangers.” You laugh.
“Yeah, for sure.” Jungkook mumbles against your skin. You’re extremely warm underneath him, easily drifting off. You’re out like a light in no time, Jungkook wide awake as he tries to stay still so he doesn’t disturb you. His mind is racing, trying hard to search for a reason or something he’s not doing right.
You don’t like him? You don’t think he’s attractive enough to let him please you? Do you have some unspoken pact with Namjoon regarding him? You just don’t want to be seen with an idol?
He eventually lands on you not liking him as much as you let on, a sinking feeling deep in his chest. Glancing up, you’re fast asleep, hand still buried in the back of his hair. He has to force himself asleep before he wakes you up and begins spewing nonsense, asking questions that would be embarrassing later on. Jungkook slowly allows himself to drift.
Waking up is hard, already noon by the time you stir awake. Jungkook's dead to the world, mouth fallen open slightly as his head rests on your chest. It makes you smile, gently patting his hair. “Hm?” Jungkook mumbles, eyes opening slightly
“Oh, sorry. I didn't mean to wake you.”
“It's okay, I was waking up anyways.” Jungkook answers, shuffling off of you and standing up. He stretches his limbs, flexing slightly. Something seems to be bothering him, not teasing or stealing glances at you like normal in the mornings.
“Kook, you don’t wanna stay in bed?” You joke, grabbing a pillow and pulling it into your arms.
“Nah, I'm gonna go make breakfast for us.” He mumbles, shuffling out of the bedroom. That's another interesting behavior that seems to be new, confusion spreading all across your face as you follow him out to the kitchen. Sitting on the island's stools, you watch as he silently makes food. No singing, no jokingly dancing, no threatening to light the kitchen on fire, etc. Instead it’s dead silent in your small apartment.
He walks past you, setting the plates on the coffee table. He comes back to get drinks, silently passing you once again. Confused expression equipped, you shuffle to your spot on the couch next to him, more silence. “Kook, I want a kiss.” You ask, watching as he sets his plate down on his lap and leans over. Yep, just as you expected, like pecking a dead fish.
He resumes eating like nothings wrong. “Kook, you’re scaring me.” You mumble, “You’re acting weird.”
“Huh?” Jungkook asks dumbly, glancing over at you before returning his focus to his plate.
“You’re not clingy and cuddly like you normally are. And you just kissed me like a middle schooler.” You giggle. “What's wrong? Did I do something you didn’t like or were uncomfortable with?”
You can almost see the internal debate in his head, seemingly fighting himself to say what he actually wants to. Not wanting to pry too much, you wait for him to eventually blurt it out. And he does blurt it all out at once, uncontrollably so.
“Do you not like me?” He starts, your eyes widening slightly. “It’s just, you never want me to please you even a bit. And when I try you say next time, I'm tired and I don't want to do something you’re uncomfortable with. And I don’t want to force you into anything ever, so I'll respect it always. But I just want to know why? It’s okay if you don’t like me, I just feel bad that I'm the only one getting pleasure out of our relationship, situationship, friendship, whatever the hell you wanna call it..”
“Kook, why would you think I don't like you?” You mumble, chest hurting.
“It’s just, god this sounds so much like a drunk frat boy!” He exclaims, making you laugh. “Firstly, I don’t expect sex from you ever and am 100% okay if you don’t want it. I don't want it to sound like that’s what it is, that that’s all I want from you. Not having sex isn’t why i’m upset it just. Just….”
“It’s okay Kook, I know what you mean. Go on.”
“You just never get anything out of our interactions…in the bedroom.” His face flushes slightly, making you smile. “And I want to please you, I want to really bad. …and you also never want to be seen with me or go out and do stuff. And if we are seen together you pretend you don’t know who I am. I understand if you don’t like me because of the whole man eater Jimin-Taehyung fiasco, but I have to know now. Because I love you so much and I need to know if it’s unnecessary to continue-“
“…You love me?” You interrupt him.
“I-I mean.” Jungkook stutters, avoiding your eye contact. “I mean we’ve been spending so much time together recently and I realized that I really do like you. And I mean love is just an extension of that so… I mean, yeah?”
Jungkook can’t stand the shocked look on your face, staring at him. It may have been obvious to him, but it’s easy to see how you mixed up the interactions with the two of you playing the man eater hunter game.
“Listen.” Jungkook sets his plate onto the coffee table. “Listen closely because I don't think I can repeat myself without dying of embarrassment. It starts with Taehyung telling me about the Namjoon man eater story of you in college. And it piqued my interest, and I always have to prove Tae wrong. So it did start like that, it did. But I met you and you were just so different than I thought, just so alluring and interesting. And I guess it changed then, and I was more interested in you rather than just the whole man eater debate. And the more we’ve been together, and the more you’ve made fun of me and threatened to stick your fingers in my coffee cup, the more I liked you.” Jungkook can’t stop blurting out, nervousness taking over his demeanor.
“Jungkook of BTS confessing his love for me, someone pinch me.” You dryly joke.
“Y/nnnnn.” He complains, grabbing one of your folded legs and pulling it across his lap. It’s a nervous habit you assume, his hands trailing around and massaging the muscle. “You’re not making this easier for me.”
“I do like you Kook, I really do. And it’s not that I don't want to be seen with you, it’s just that you’re so famous that it’s scary to have to face the media's reaction to it. I'm not embarrassed to be with you, it’s actually the opposite. I WISH we could go out in public and hug and kiss and carry on like idiots.” You laugh. “And the whole pleasing thing-“ You meet his eyes and it’s finally your turn to go bright red, embarrassed slightly. “Because of the whole bag the man eater fiasco, I've been afraid to actually give it to you. Because I'm scared that once you actually bag the man eater you’ll leave after getting your objective.” You explain, not exactly the most articulate but you don’t care.
“I wish we met in different circumstances.” Jungkook complains, making you chuckle. He shuffles the two of you around, your legs wrapping around his waist as his hands come to hold you. “Y/n, I love you a lot. The past 5 days have been hell without you, I always wanna be around you.” He places kisses around your face as he talks, making you giggle. “Please be my girlfriend? I’ll get on my knees and beg if I gotta”
“While I’d love to see it, it’s not necessary. Of course kook, that might as well be a rhetorical question.” You smile, holding his face and pulling him into you. The smile on his face is huge, slotting your lips together.
“FUCK YES.” He’s basically screaming, jumping off the couch and continuing to jump around the small apartment. If it was anyone other than Kook (and maybe Namjoon), you think you’d be annoyed. But watching him bounce around the living room all giddy makes your heart melt. “Me and my girlfriend.” He puts emphasis on the term, coming over to you and hoisting you off the couch. “Hold on, I'm texting the group chat.”
By hold on, he meant literally hold onto him. The both of you laugh as you wrap your legs around his waist tighter, arms holding his shoulders. You peer over slightly, watching as his fingers aggressively type across the screen. You’re sure there’s numerous spelling errors that Jungkook doesn’t have the mind to care for currently. “Smile!” He mumbles, taking an extremely blurry selfie before sending it.
You can only laugh as he continues to furiously type into the phone. “I’m gonna post it onto my Instagram!”
“No you are not!” You emphasize your point, reaching around and beginning to fight over possession of his phone. You’re at a disadvantage as you’re facing the wrong way and waving blindly with one hand. “Kook, I'll break up with you! I swear!” You threaten, watching as he finally concedes and hands over his phone to you. You smile, opening his camera to take another photo of the two of you. This time you place a kiss onto his cheek, taking the picture.
“My close friend's story then?” Kook smiles, “I’ll let you decide if it’s the blurry one or the one you took.” He gently sets you down, making sure you’re fully on the ground before actually letting you go.
“Fine, I guess the blurry one.” You’re plopping down on the couch with his phone in no time, searching for his Instagram app. “Who’s in your close friend's story?” You’re already clicking through the app to see his close friends before he has a chance to fully answer.
“The members, the 97’ line, my tattoo artist, just people like that.” He shrugs.
“...Your tattoo artist?”
“Hey, when he works on your arms for hours at a time you get pretty close!” Jungkook defends, plopping down next to you. His head rests on your shoulder, watching as you click on the blurry selfie to add to his story. It’s admittedly a cute photo, giant smiles on both of your faces. It’s blurry enough to hide details but not too blurry where it’s hard to make out the two of you. With a chuckle, you add #besties. “No, no, nope.” Jungkook is quick to delete the text.
“Okay fine.” You pretend to be annoyed, instead drawing on a cute pink heart. (It takes you multiple tries for it to look cute, Jungkook just watched silently.) “Cute.” You smile, clicking the close friend’s button. “If that picture gets out, we already have a list of suspects.”
“It won’t, trust me.” He smiles, wrapping his arms around you as he moves closer. He jokingly slaps his own phone out of your hands, fighting off the laugh as you stare at him with wide eyes. “Please let me make it public, please.”
“Kook…”
“I'll go talk to my company and do it officially and everything. I want to be able to go out on dates without annoying rumors, and hold hands, and kiss, and make fun of each other.” He babbles, “I want everyone to know I'm yours and see how happy you make me!”
“Even if your company puts out a statement or whatever, cameras will still follow us around when we go out.”
“…Yeah, and then we kiss in front of them. Duh.”
“People might hate you if you’re with me.” You sigh, beginning to play with his hair.
“There’s nothing I want more than to be public with you. I don’t care about other people's opinions.” Jungkook sighs. “I really mean it, and if people get mad at me that’s their issue. They’re mad because I'm happy??”
“Fine, but if people start throwing tomatoes at you on the street we have to fake a breakup.” You joke, watching as he picks up his head specifically to make sure you see his eye roll.
“Never.” He smiles, resting his head on your chest once again.
“Alright, you bagged the man eater. You know what comes next?” You wiggle your brows at him, leaning forward to place a kiss onto his forehead.
“Nope!” He cuts you off, embarrassment and confusion all across your face. “Not yet, I want it to be natural. Not just Oh! You finally confessed so I guess we can fuck now!” Jungkook mocks your voice.
“...Wow, so sweet. get away from me.” You laugh, beginning to fake push him away. “Your phone is also buzzing like crazy.”
He picks it off the couch, looking at the notifications that flash across your screen. “My friends think we’re cute, and you’re pretty.” Embarrassment flushes across you again. “Let me take you out on a date tonight Y/n.” Jungkook smiles, pressing a kiss to your cheek.
“Nope, you’re too popular.” You smile, reaching down to mess with him. You immediately start pinching his cheeks to bother him, pulling them so his teeth slightly show. “They’re gonna take pictures of us, and this time you’re gonna enjoy it too much.”
“Cmonnnn. Fine, if you want Namjoon and Yoongi are in the studio tonight. We can crash their producing songs party.” Jungkook smiles. “If you want we can wander around the company building and steal food from the kitchen.”
“...I would actually like that.” You can’t help but laugh, thinking of how stupid the two of you roaming around is. “If we ever break up, we gotta promise to not drag Namjoon into it.” You comment, holding out your pinky in front of his face. “Because it’ll hurt him too much if we make him pick sides.”
Jungkook slaps your hand away from his face. “It’s not a problem, because we won't break up. Ever.”
You can’t argue with him, a fond smile taking over your face. “I’m so glad I don't have to be nervous when we're intimate anymore.” You can’t help but laugh, playing with his hair. “And don’t have to keep telling you no at the end of everything, my poor pussy probably wanted to die every time. Completely blue balled her, constantly.” This makes both you and Jungkook burst out into laughter.
“Wow, you really mean it?” Jungkook laughs, watching as you nod to answer him.
“Please let me make it public, please.” Jungkook doesn’t even have to look up from his spot to know what face you’re making. He’s already combating your complaints before you even have a chance to speak them out loud. “No, I don’t care about the public. No, I don’t care about the news articles. No, I don’t care about people being mad at me because I know real fans will be happy for me. No, the members won’t be mad. They’ll actually probably be happy for me. Any other questions?”
“What if your company tells you you’re not allowed to make it public?”
“They won’t.” Is all he says, shrugging it off. Jungkook places soft kisses onto your chest, slowly making his way up. You smile, watching as he pecks your lips. “I love you.” He pecks your lips once more. “I love you.” Jungkook kisses you once more, pulling back slightly to watch your reaction.
“Love you too, Kook.” Smiling, you watch as his face lights up. Jungkook looks genuinely happy as he lays with you, your chest filling with fondness.
Going to the building isn’t unfamiliar to you, as Namjoon and Yoongi have taken you to many late night music sessions. However, going to the building with Jungkook is unfamiliar. You easily follow along with Jungkook, knowing where both Yoongi and Joon’s studio is at. Once he takes a right, you know you’re heading to Namjoon’s studio.
Jungkook’s about to knock when you punch in the door code, the lock clicking open before you’re grabbing the handle. “Joon!” You call, a giant smile spread across your face as you catch sight of him sitting by monitors. He’s spinning around in a second flat, (with a slight jump, you actually scared him.)
Once his initial fright is over, he gets up to wrap you in a hug. “Y/n!” Joon giggles, giving you a very familiar hug as you beam at him. “And look who it is!” Namjoon booms, looking over your shoulder as he catches sight of Jungkook. “The talk of the town.” Joon continues, making you laugh as he releases you and reaches for Jungkook. Jungkook's face is turning red as Namjoon wraps him in a fake chokehold, beginning to ruffle his hair.
While Joon continues to tease Kook, you greet Yoongi who’s watching the interaction on the couch. “See, I told you he liked you.” Yoongi whispers to you as you hug him.
“We haven’t fucked yet, we’ll see how he feels after.” You whisper, joking. Once Namjoon is finally done teasing Jungkook, it’s Yoongi’s turn.
“Jeon!” Yoongi starts, making you cackle as you take his spot on the couch. “You better play nice, you hear me young man?” He grabs Kook by his arms, staring at him. His next line is a whisper, the only reason you can even hear it is because the entire studio is so quiet. “And you better not hurt her. I’ll break your figurines and lock you out of your studio.”
Jungkook’s face is bright red at this point, a giant smile on his face as he fights off his laughter. “Don’t plan on it, Yoongi.” Jungkook giggles.
You all eventually settle down, you and Jungkook sprawled out on Joon’s couch while the other two are busy at work. Namjoon spins around every now and then to eye the two of you, making you laugh every time. It’s a comfortable atmosphere, your legs thrown over Kook’s lap as you lay back. Yoongi’s taken to calling you the love birds, each time makes you blush lightly.
“Okay, we got one preview done. Wanna hear?” Joon smiles at you, watching as you scramble off the couch and over to the computer. Yoongi plops his headphones over your ears, making sure you can hear the audio. It’s a cute love song, a giant smile on your face. You absolutely love hearing unreleased music that the two of them make, it genuinely makes you feel close to the group.
“I really like it, it’s dreamy.” You smile, handing the headphones over to Jungkook who stood behind you. He easily passes them over his head, leaning forward over your shoulder to avoid pulling the cord out.
“It’s Jungkook’s song lyrics. Guess who it’s about?” Yoongi comments, glancing up at you. “Wrote the lyrics himself.”
A hand is slapped over his mouth before he has a chance to continue. You and Jungkook stay by the monitors now, you sitting on a stool as Kook sits on a small table he’s dragged closer. The two of you watch closely as they work to finish the song.
“You think Tae could come in?” Joon asks, glancing back at Kook. “He’s the only part we still need to record. If you could text him to just see if he feels up to it.”
You pretend to not hear, swallowing hard as Kook nods and texts him. Tae does come to record his part and stays to watch the two work much like you and kook. It’s an awkward atmosphere now, Taehyung still not knowing you were in Jungkook’s room the day he went on his man eater rant. Sitting on the stool, you do your best to avoid eye contact with the two youngest of the group.
You suppose Kook notices, his arm coming to wrap around your waist. A small tug pulls on your lips, unable to fight it back completely. “And DONE!” Yoongi celebrates, making you immediately begin celebrating as you softly shake Joon who sits in front of you.
“First listen, first full listen.” You beam, reaching in front of yoongi as you turn the speakers on.
“First listen!” Joon smiles, turning the volume up slightly as he begins to play the song.
The five of you listen closely, a giant smile on the faces you can see from your seat. While not confirmed, Yoongi’s fun fact almost makes you giddy at the thought of Jungkook writing a song about you. You congratulate the four of them, offering a small round of applause that Yoongi and Joon join.
“First track down.” Kook smiles, climbing off the table he’s sitting on and stretching out. “Come on Y/n, imma teach you one of our choreographies.”
“I don’t think that’s a good idea, I may die.” You joke, not having much options as Jungkook tugs on your elbow. Easily, you follow Jungkook to the door.
“Wait, Kook. Can we talk to you for a sec?” Yoongi speaks up, by we, he means him and Joon. With a hard swallow, Jungkook nods yes. Thus, you and Tae stand outside of the studio awkwardly.
“Your part was really pretty, I liked it.” You compliment him, not knowing what else there is to talk about between the two of you.
“It was about you.” Tae mumbles. “Uh, not my part specifically. That’d make it weird between Kook and I. The whole song was for you, Kook wrote it.” Now you really have to fight the blush that spreads across your face. “He’s really happy now, with you.”
“Thank you, Tae.” You smile. “That makes me really happy as well.”
Eventually, Kook comes out of the studio. Him and Tae switch, Tae slipping back into the studio to hang out with Yoongi and Namjoon. “Me and Tae made amends.” You mumble as you and Kook walk to the practice room.
“What is that supposed to mean?” Jungkook giggles, jokingly raising a brow at you.
“He told me that you’re happy with me. I feel like that’s a step up from him telling you to just sleep with me and get it over with.” You hide the giant smile on your face from Kook. “Kook, I don't really wanna dance.” Your list of complaints begins.
“Well what do you wanna do?” Jungkook genuinely asks, pushing open the door as he leads you into the practice room. He flicks on one set of lights, lighting up the room but not so much it’s hospital lighting. “We have the whole room to ourselves.” There’s a hint of mischief behind his tone, but you choose to ignore it.
“Hmmm, you should perform My Time for me.”
“Huh?”
“Is that not the song's name?” You laugh, running over to sit by the mirror. “I wanna see you dance My Time.”
“Why that one?” Jungkook raises a brow, already too aware of why.
“Hm, no reason.”
“You want the whole dance break and everything?” Jungkook smiles, pulling his phone out and beginning to search for the instrumental of his song. Your eager nod makes him smile harder, eventually finding it before sliding his phone across the floor to you.
You’ve seen the choreography before, been at the performances where they filmed their online concert. It’s a performance for the books, truly. You watch with peeled eyes, not wanting to miss a single second of his performance all for you. Jungkook's shy at first, smiling through the lyrics as he avoids your eye contact. As he continues, he begins to loosen up, maintaining eye contact as he does the full moves. (Rather than half way like he was at first, almost as if he was marking rather than performing.)
You realize he’s caught on when he comes closer to you, switching from knee to knee in front of you. You can’t help but beam as he rises back up, dragging a hand along his inner thigh before continuing the dance. The songs coming to an end, the cants finally turning into wills. Kook draws closer once more as he sings the final post-chorus, beginning the outro. Unknown to him, your face is bright red as he squeezes in between your legs, lips brushing dangerously across your ear as he sings “oh” over and over. Kook makes a conscious effort to sound whinier each time, voice slightly breathy in your ear.
“Kook”
“Not done yet.” He teases, continuing. The song ends, the instrumental beginning to repeat as he pulls away with a shit eating grin. “You like My Time?” Jungkook chuckles, hands wrapping around your thighs that rest by his waist.
“You're lucky I didn’t get my hands on you back then, I would’ve fucked you in your black leather outfit.” You can’t help but laugh, pulling him closer to your body. “Leather pants, studded jacket, mesh leopard print top and all.”
“Sounds like I'm unlucky, actually.” Jungkook smirks, leaning in to kiss you. Your lips meet with ease, well practiced at this point as they easily slide against one another. Jungkook's lips are always so soft, one hand finding the back of his neck to pull him closer. Your other hand finds his hip, pulling his body closer to yours. He quickly places one arm next to you on the floor, the other holding your waist. He pulls away with a small groan, making you question him. “We can't, not here. With my luck Joon would walk in, kill me immediately.”
“I just wanna kiss you, nothing more.” You shrug, pulling him back in. As much as he wants to fight it, he can’t as he loses his thought process as your lips meet his. You pull away this time, having to catch your breath. “So hot, Kook. If you ever perform that privately for another girl I may kill you myself.”
Your tone is clearly joking, your arms coming to wrap around his torso as you pull him to you, pecking his lips softly. “I'll be okay with that, a good way to go out.” He mumbles against your lips, finally connecting them fully after he finishes. this time he’s rougher, hands pulling you as close as possible as your chests press flush together. Your hand easily slips underneath his t-shirt, grazing along his muscle.
“Hm?” You smile, “I thought you said not here. Looks like you’re getting worked up.”
“I just love being so close.” Jungkook whines, pressing a hot kiss onto your jaw. You already know he’s going to trail down to your neck before he even does it.
“I’ll let you fuck my face in your studio, but that’s about as far as i’ll go in your company building.” You can’t help but giggle, feeling as his head dips down into your shoulder.
“God damn it.” He groans, “Now we gotta.”
The two of you laugh as you climb off the floor, Jungkook’s feet carrying him much faster than yours as he drags you along. You can’t help but laugh through the company halls, Kooks grip tight around your wrist as you struggle to keep up. Your laughter makes him laugh as well, the two of you frantically running to his studio before you’re caught by staff. The door almost slams behind the two of you, making you laugh harder.
“So much for being sneaky.” You smile, finding your place in his arms easily. “You think someone’s gonna come check on you?”
“Hopefully not.” Jungkook smiles down at you, kissing your forehead softly.
Unconsciously, you smile into the kiss as you connect your lips with his. Kook leans down slightly to kiss you, pulling you close to his body. Your hands leave his torso, trailing down as you begin to unbuckle his belt. “We gotta be quick in case people start looking for you.” Kook nods at you, allowing you to do as you wish. “Do you wanna try something new?” You mumble against his neck, Jungkook eagerly nodding. “You trust me?” Once again, Jungkook eagerly nods.
He’s left a little embarrassed as you pull out a condom from his wallet, pretending as if he definitely doesn’t carry it around just in case. Jungkook doesn’t notice you roll the condom onto your fingers, mind distracted by you. You finally begin, Jungkook watching with wide eyes as you kneel down. His hands rested at his side, making you smile as you reached up to grab them. “Tell me if you don’t like anything, yeah? Face fuck, Kook.” Placing his hands in your hair, you easily free him of his confines.
“Holy shit.” He mumbles, gently pulling your head closer. It makes you smile, dragging your tongue along his cock as he gets used to being in control. “I can…uh…push and pull?” His voice is just barely above a whisper, staring down at you. Jungkook jumps slightly as he feels one of your hands reach under him, gently pressing against the area. Jungkook lets out a shaky breath, realizing what you were doing.
“All you want.” Gently taking his head into your mouth, you know you’re in for it as he begins to gather your hair up in a ponytail. It's a new side of Kook you haven’t seen before, finally giving him control in the situation. Once he’s gathered all of your hair, a small moan is pulled from you as he slowly pushes you down onto his cock.
“So good to me, I finally get to pull the strings.” Kook moans out loud, feeling your throat contract around him before pulling back. “So pretty with my cock in your mouth.” You can’t help but moan around him, his words going straight to your head. The next push is rougher, hands tightening around your hair. “Even more pretty with my cock in your throat.”
You slowly slide a single finger into him, the small hiss you pull from him is pure sin, making you squeeze your thighs together. “Shit, fuck Y/n.” He moans, voice slightly broken as he chokes out the words. His hips rock slightly into your mouth, getting used to the new sensation.
“You’re okay, relax bunny.” You coo, hollowing your cheeks to distract him. Curling the finger inside him, the whimper that Jungkook lets out shooters straight to your core. Jungkook finally relaxes, allowing himself to thrust into your throat without tensing too much. As he rocks back, he easily slides down the length of your finger.
“Shit, shit. What was that?” Jungkook’s hips jolt, thigh muscle tensing underneath your palm. “Do that again, please.” He moans, loud and whiny as he sinks into your throat. You give him exactly what he wants, finding the specific spot inside of him and purposely targeting it. Pressing another finger in, Jungkook thinks he’s going to lose his mind. You’re relentless, viciously targeting the specific spot inside of him. The two fingers give you more strength, roughly fucking into him with no remorse.
Your one hand digs into his muscle, searching for any source of stability besides Jungkook’s hands in your hair. Jungkook chases the feeling, fucking deep into your throat with each push. Your fingernails make small indents into the skin underneath, leaving small crescent marks. “Gonna start moving my hips harder, alright baby? Lemme know if it’s too much.” He waits until you give him a nod of approval, beginning to easily roll his hips into you.
Jungkook's vocal, knowing his studio should be sound proof and if not, it’s the least of his worries currently. Moans and curses fall from his lips with each thrust, burying himself to the hilt each time. Pulling back, he easily slides back onto your fingers, roughly hitting the spot inside of him without fail. He was timid the first time you offered a blowjob, but he knows you can take it now. You fight your gag reflex, eyes watering each time your breathing is restricted. It makes your kind fuzzy, thighs pressed together tightly as you peer up to watch Kook. “Crying? My girl is crying?” He smirks, biting back the moan that threatens to overpower his words. Riling you up more, he reaches to wipe a stray tear. “Crying with spit dripping down your chin, so lewd.” He teases, roughly shoving your head down.
Each thrust is rough, nose brushing his abdomen each time. You eventually find a breathing pattern that works, breathing in each time he pulls back to avoid choking. Your fingers also are relentless, each time Jungkook rocks back onto them you purposely grind your fingertips onto his prostate. “That's a girl.” Jungkook smirks, noticing your adapting to his movement. “So good, so tight and warm around me. Gonna cum soon.”
Jungkook’s cock throbs in your throat each time you hold eye contact, hips slightly hurling forward to bury himself deeper each time. He relishes in the scene before him, you eagerly allowing him to fuck your face with tears and spit. Your eyes are shiny as you peer up at him, slight moans vibrating against him as he sinks into your throat. Your jaw is sore, but you’re 100% focused on not scraping him even in the slightest. “Gonna cum in your throat, take deep breaths now alright.” He smirks, watching as you follow his direction. Each time he pulls back you take deeper breaths than before.
Your tongue is rougher against his head when he pulls back, fingers fucking into him harder than before, trying to get him there faster. It seems to work as his moans get even louder, hands pulling on your hair harder. “Gonna cum.” Jungkook whines, thrusting all the way into your throat. You whine around his length as he throbs against your tongue, grinding slightly as he rides out his high. “Fuck, feels so good. So tight.” He moans, your throat contracting around his head.
Jungkook has never came harder in his life, legs feeling numb as your fingers fuck into him to help him ride out his orgasm. It feels like his mind goes blank, body shuttering as he full body cums. The way his thighs shake in your hold almost makes you give in to him, the urge to let Jungkook fuck you into next week at an all time high.
Once he finally pulls away, you involuntarily gasp. “Holy shit kook.” You smile, wiping some drool before it has a chance to fall on your lap. You pull the condom off of your fingers, thanking god jungkook just so happened to have lubed condoms. “Didn’t know you had it in you.”
“Right, right tissues.” He scrambled, yanking up his pants as he scurried over to the desk. It's admittedly a funny sight, but you fight the laughter away. Jungkook is crouched down in front of you in no time, wiping any spit and tears away with the box of tissues next to him. “I love you so much.” He mumbles, roughly pulling you closer to him as he tosses the tissues aside for now. Your lips meet with bruising force, feeling Kook gently bite at your lips. You return to gesture, sliding your tongue across his bottom lips before gently biting it. In no time, Jungkook’s hands are sliding underneath your shirt before there’s a chance to process everything.
“Alright, alright!” You laugh, “I said face fuck was the furthest I'd go in the company building.” Your smile is huge, pecking his lips softly as you joke.
“The members can never know about this, the studio part.” Kook mumbles against your lips, making you smile harder. “My ass!?” He almost whispers, making you laugh out loud. “Where did that come from? We gotta do that again sometime.”
“Well Einstein, I wasn't exactly planning to tell your members. Unless you were?”
“Nope, never.” Jungkook states promptly, easily picking himself off the floor. He helps you up before grabbing the tissues and condom, smirking slightly as you rub your knees. Now that the two of you are done rushing, you’re actually able to look around Jungkook’s studio. It’s amazing how quickly the two of you can go from borderline fucking to domestic, something you love with Jungkook.
“Kook, I thought we talked about this.” You begin, picking up a Widowmaker figure from his shelf. You’re joking in all aspects of the character, but the look on his face makes you nag him constantly. “Wow, young men these days. I think I should head out.” You pretend to overreact, smile tugging the corner of your lips the entire time. Jungkook knows, smiling like an idiot as you grab a random jacket off his chair and pretend to storm off outside.
Jungkook lets you get right outside of the studio door before he chases after you, easily catching up and wrapping his arms around you. “No! Honey, I swear it’s not what it looks like.” He plays along, making you laugh before getting back into the fake drama you’re acting in. “I swear, you’re the one I love. Not her.” he states, carefully spinning you around to face him.
“I just don’t think it’s going to work.” Almost tempted to fake cry, you can’t bring yourself to do it without bursting into laughter. “After all we’ve been through! you just go behind my back and cheat on me, with A…..A PURPLE WOMAN!!”
“OH MY GODDDD.” The voice makes you jump, closing the distance between you and Jungkook as he holds your frame. Glancing down the hall, Joon is hunched over with his hands on both knees. “I thought you two were serious!”
Kook and you absolutely lose it, cackling like crazy people as Kook claps his hands. Joon eventually stands back up, clutching his heart as he shuffles down the hall to you. “I’m leaving, I can't take this. You two get home safe, unbelievable.” He rambles as he walks past, making you and Kook laugh harder. “Thought I was gonna be in a lose lose situation.” Finally at the door, Namjoon shakes his head one last time, finally smiling at you both, before leaving.
Once your laugh fit is finally concluded, Kook takes the initiative and begins the journey out of the building. Yoongi would likely stay a bit later, but besides that everyone else likely went home already. You naturally follow, Kook’s arm eventually resting on your shoulders as you walk beside him. “Can't believe Joon was eavesdropping.” Once in the elevator, you finally joke.
“Yeah right? That was good timing.” He pulls you closer, leaning over to kiss your head. “I still wanna make us public, and put out a statement. But say the word and I won't.”
“If you want to, then I want to too.'' The grin that overcomes you is unbeatable, glancing up to look at your boyfriend as you descend the floors. “We should just say you’re in a relationship though, I feel like saying my name is unnecessary.”
“Anything for you.” Kooks smiles, fondness in his chest as he kisses your head once again.
“Ugh, c'mon.” Jokingly pushing him away, you sprint out of the elevator doors as soon as they open. He chases, catching you quickly in his arms. “Okay okay enough mushy stuff.” You laugh, prying his arms from around you as staff begin to steal glances at the two of you.
“Back to yours?” He smiles, interlocking your fingers and making his way to the garage. with a simple nod, the two of you are off.
Arriving at your apartment, the two of you seem worn down as you hit the couch. Jungkook follows, laying on top of you as you rub his shoulders and back. A random tv show is put on the living room tv, lulling the both of you to sleep. “Kook, let’s go to bed.” Mumbling, you’re met with a half asleep hm? “Let’s go to my room, go to bed.” The reiteration sticks, the two of you shuffling into the comfortable embrace of your soft bed.
“Night Y/n.” Jungkook hums, not needing much to pass out as he hits the pillow.
“Night Kook, see you in the morning.” Your heart feels full, unbelievably so. When you first talked, you never in a million years thought you’d be here with Kook, your boy, your bun. A lot has changed, but Jungkook hasn’t shown one second of dislike for you, always the opposite. Before you finally succumb to sleep, you mumble the last thing on your mind. “Love you, Jungkook.”
______
Jungkook's draped all over you as your eyes pull themselves open, likely tangling together all throughout the night. A leg is thrown over both yours, an arm underneath your head, and the both behind your back holding you close. His head is tilted up slightly and you can only assume his chin tested on your head at some point throughout the night.
“Kook, it’s late.” You grumble, already one in the afternoon. You can't remember if he works today or not, not sure if he even mentioned it. “Kook if you have work you gotta get up.” Resorting to the usual method, aggressive shakes are the only option as he begins to open his eyes. “Do you have work?”
“No, all day off.” He mumbles, closing his eyes and shuffling to be closer to you.
“Wow, two days off! That's a new record.” Joking, you also close your eyes.
“Two days spent with my girl.” Jungkook hums, kissing your face. Eventually making his way to your lips, he places a deep kiss before you have the chance to tease him more. The both of you are still half asleep, instinctively pulling one another closer as you reciprocate Kook's actions. He easily pushes himself up onto one elbow, hovering over you slightly.
You can't help the small groan that falls from you, pulling Jungkook's arm slightly to encourage him to move over some more. You can feel him smirk into the kiss, shuffling in between your legs and gently pulling your legs up around his waist. “Want you close, Kook.” You mumble, pulling his waist closer to you as he leans down.
“I’m about as close as I can be.” Jungkook chuckles softly, connecting your lips gently and interlocking your fingers. The kiss and slow and gentle, hips beginning to gently grind together. Small hums and groans fill your room occasionally, the two of you holding one another as close as possible. Unlinking your fingers, you reach down and easily tug on the edge of his t-shirt, easily pulling it off over his head. Jungkook’s hesitant at first, not immediately going for your shirt. You encourage him, placing one of his hands on the bottom of your shirt.
The shirt is shed in no time, tossed somewhere in the room. Your hands immediately meet his torso, pulling him close as your chests press together. His weight is comforting on top of you, humming as your torsos are flush together. “Wait, before you get too excited I have a present for you.”
“That’s scary.” Jungkook chuckles, leaning back as you sit up, fishing around your bedside drawer. Plopping back down, you present your so-called present. “Cock ring!”
“God damn it.” He sighs, making you burst out into laughter. “First my ass and now a cock ring.”
“You’ll cum too fast without it.” You laugh, tugging at his shorts. He side-eyes your statement but doesn’t ask about it any further, helping as he pulls his shorts down. “Don’t get hard, think about dead puppies.”
“Wow, really setting the mood.” Kook rolls his eyes, making you stifle your laughter as you slide it over him.
“If it hurts too much, let me know. But I got the biggest size for you.” You shrug, gently dragging a fist along his length. “Have you tried one before?” He shakes his head no, eyes slightly shut. “It might feel odd then for you, but it shouldn’t be like excruciating pain.” You lick your hand, stoking him slightly rougher to get him hard. “Feel alright?”
“It’s okay.” Jungkook lets out a small pant, head falling slightly into your shoulder. A smile overtakes your face as you snap his shorts back up against his hip.
“Kook,” you hum, taking one of his hands and placing it on the band of your sweatpants. He gets the message immediately, almost ripping them off your legs as you lay back down onto the bed. “Wow, excited?”
“Unbelievably so.” Jungkook nods, making you smile as he tosses the sweatpants off of the bed. Your face is bright red as he sits back on his heels, soaking in the sight of you laying in front of him. “So beautiful, y/n.”
“Stop, you’re making me nervous.” You laugh, trying to get him to kiss you again.
“I gotta take it all in, this is a first.” He genuinely does bathe in the sight, cock straining against its confines. Besides being in the shower together, this is the most exposed he’s seen you. For once, you’re more undressed than he is. “So pretty just for me.”
“Just for you Kook, always.” You smile, sitting up and placing a soft kiss onto his chest. Slipping your fingers underneath the waistband of his shorts, you easily slide them down. “Alright bun, you get to have the control now.” Laying back down, his face is almost ghastly pale. Your heart beats a bit erratically in your chest, a hint of nervousness in your demeanor. Shoving it aside, you reassure yourself that Jungkook made it extremely clear it’s not like that.
“Don’t tell me that, I might cum in my boxers.” Jungkook laughs, placing his arms on either side of you as he holds himself up. “Love you, so unbelievably much.” He mumbles softly, holding eye contact for longer than necessary. “I want you to feel that I love you, and not be nervous.”
“I’m not nervous-“
“It’s okay, Y/n.” He cuts you off, gently placing a kiss onto your forehead. “I know, I know how it seems. But I really do love you, have for a while. Let me know if you ever want to stop and we will.” Jungkook reassures you, gently kissing you and making sure you reciprocate it. Of course, you do, pulling him close to your body as your legs rest on his waist. You’re able to quickly realize that while he has the control, it’s still going to take him a bit adjusting before he gets rough and nasty with you. It's clear in his demeanor that he wants to please you, likely leaving edging, punishment, and filthy language for another time.
He kisses you so soft and slow, hands holding you as if you’d break in them. Jungkook's hands roam your body slowly, warm palms leaving goosebumps in their wake. He gets to your knee before trailing all the way back up, this time stopping at your bra. Technically you handed over the control, but the pop of your band open makes you gasp slightly. “What? I have the control , remember?” He smiles, talking against your skin.
The teasing tone riles you up, thighs squeezing his waist between them. Jungkook's lips leave yours, placing soft kisses along your skin as he makes his way down. Your hands find his hair in no time, lips easily meeting the soft skin of your chest. “Gonna mark me up this time Kook?” Now it’s your turn to tease as he glances up, raising a brow.
“Of course, baby.” He smirks, leaving a dark mark on your skin. “I'm gonna do a lot more than that though, if I have my way.” His tone is playful yet oddly seductive, making your legs tighten. A flick across your nipple snaps you out of your thoughts, pulling a groan as he gently bites down. A small smirk tugs at the corner of his lips as he swirls his tongue, moving on to give the other the same treatment.
It feels like you can finally breathe again when he pulls back, but it’s short lived. Jungkook trails kisses down to your hips, determined to leave a mark on your hip. “You can always tell me to stop.” He reminds you, pushing himself up as he sits back on his heels. Involuntarily, the entirety of your face is consumed in a blush as he examines you, his hands teasingly rubbing along your thighs. “Fuck, Y/n. Can’t believe you look this good and you’ve been hiding from me.” It makes you smile.
“Yeah, whatever. Soak it up, Kook.” Is the best you can muster together as his eyes burn holes in your skin.
“I will, I am.” Jungkook cheekily adds, his hands roam, squeezing, holding and kneading any bit of flesh he can touch.
Slowly, Jungkook lays down onto his torso, peering up at you with a shit eating grin. You don’t have anything in you to tell him off for it, watching each move with attentive eyes. He does a thorough job of teasing, nipping, sucking and biting your inner thighs. You’re almost whining, each contact not enough as your hips threaten to grind against him. You’re sure he notices, his grin growing.
Finally, a delicate kiss is placed on your core through the thin fabric of your panties. The next one is the exact same, and the one after.
“…Kook.”
“What?” Jungkook smirks, continuing his actions without paying you much mind. “Too slow for you?” He asks, clearly having no intentions of speeding up as the next kiss is almost ghostly on your skin.
“Please, I need it badly. It hurts.” You whine, watching as he continues his usual pace. “Jungkook, please I want it bad.” You can’t help but whine, hands tugging on his soft hair. You accidentally pull his head closer.
“So fucking whiny.” He groans, against your core, wrapping his arms around your thighs and pulling you closer to his face. “Soaking wet, all because of me.” He teases, eating you out through the fabric. “Haven’t even touched your bare pussy and you’re shaking around me.”
Jungkook easily pulls out soft moans from you, your hands finding their purchase on the bed sheets. Your eyes drift close as you focus on the feeling, thighs shaking in his grip. “Mmm, just intrigued.” You make up an excuse, hearing a soft scoff from him.
You can feel him pull away, softly dragging a finger pad along your clit. Your panties are soaked all the way through, easily sticking to your folds. Truly, you’d be more embarrassed if Jungkook wasn’t looking at you like the most attractive woman in the world. His eyes are dark and slightly hooded as he hears you moan due to his actions, fixated on every sound you make and every reaction your body gives him.
“Jungkook can you please just…get on with it.” You whine as he continues to slowly rub circles on your clit through your panties, making you restless. He pretends to think about it, placing a soft kiss directly onto your clit. “Koookkk.”
“What Y/n?” Jungkook smiles, “You gotta be really specific, tell me what you want.”
“I want you to touch me-”
“I am.” He smirks, rubbing your thighs with the palm of his hands.
Your face blushes a deep red, realizing what he wants. “Bun, please eat me out until I cum, please. I need it, I want it.” You beg, grinding slightly against his fingers.
“There’s my good girl.” Kook hums, hooking his fingers underneath the band of your panties. It feels agonizing slow as he takes them off, cheeks deep red as they hit the floor. “Begging to cum like my good little slut.” He mumbles, catching you slightly off guard, a small moan falling from you.
Jungkook looks like a kid in a candy store, long, firm licks across your core. You can’t help but clench around nothing, thighs threatening to clamp down around Jungkook’s head. A moan escapes you as he peers up with eager eyes, your head immediately falling back into the pillows underneath you. You’re just now understanding Kook’s inability to maintain eye contact with you when you give him head, the visual overwhelming.
“Feels so good Kook, so good to me.” You can’t help but whimper, a loud moan spilling from you as you feel his finger easily slide into you. Your breath hitches in your throat as he easily gives you pleasure, brushing against your g-spot with almost no struggle. He’s able to easily find a rhythm that works, finding what gives him the biggest reaction and not stopping. Slipping in another finger, he easily targets your g-spot as he continues to focus on your clit with his tongue, eager eyes continuing to stare at your reactions. Loud moans fill the room, shocks shooting through your body with increasing pleasure.
“I'll never fit if you tighten up this much.” Kook teases, slowing his ministrations as he feels you clenched around his fingers. Without giving you much time to recover, he quickly continues his actions.
“Please let me cum, bun. Please.” You whine, beginning to rock gently against his face. There’s a gleam in his eye, allowing you to grind against his face. Jungkook takes you there with little effort, seemingly knowing your body as if he’d studied it. He seemingly knows what you like and what you don't, pleasure racking through your body. “Gonna cum, please. Bun, need it bad.”
“Cum, baby. Cum on my mouth.” He groans against you, easily pulling a moan from you. You cum hard, hands making fists in his hair as your legs shake slightly around his head. Jungkook groans into you as you pull on his hair, making you cum harder. Jungkook doesn’t slow after you cum, continuing the pace.
“Kook, wait.” You whimper, pulling his hair. “It’s too much kook.”
“Want one more. You gonna cum again for me?” He mumbles, never pulling his head far back. Pushing your head into the pillows, you can't stop shaking as you cum again. He slows this time, riding you through it thoroughly before pulling back. Kook’s lips easily find yours, interlocking your fingers against the bed. “So good for me, came so hard for me.” He mumbles softly, pulling your arms above your head as he deepens the kiss.
“I want you to fuck me.” You almost blurt, a bit out of place. Jungkook’s face makes you laugh softly. “Wanna cum around your cock, bun.”
“Y/n, we don’t have to. I’m happy-”
“Kook, fuck me.” You interrupt him, gently breaking free of his hold as you pull him toward you. Your hands easily find his hair, tugging softly on his hair as you kiss him. “I have lube in the drawer.”
“Do you have condoms?”
“No, but it’s okay.” The look on his face is once again priceless. He’s almost jumping at your bedside table, slinging the top drawer open in record speed. You giggle as the contents slam against the front from the momentum, Jungkook quickly fishing them out. You’re in trouble as he pulls out the bottle, along with your vibrator.
“Oh?” He smirks, returning to his spot as he rests back in his heels. He’s straining painfully hard against his boxers, easily tossing them aside. The sight makes you whine, pressing your thighs together as he purposely takes his time applying the lube. With a gentle slap to your inner thigh, he encourages your legs to open once again.
“Bun, just be gentle at first, please.”
“Of course, baby.” He nods, shuffling slightly closer. He’s once again teasing as he slowly rubs his cock against your folds, each brush against your clit makes you moan. Gently pushing his head in, he’s extremely observant of your reaction. “Relax baby, it’s okay.” Jungkook’s gentle voice meets your ears, hands comforting rubbing along your skin. His hips gently rock as you accommodate, waiting for a nod before sliding in deeper. It’s a slow process, Jungkook's mind reeling as you fall apart because of him.
With a loud whine, Jungkook’s hips finally meet yours, fully seated inside of you. You already feel on edge, wondering how Jungkook has such a hold over you. “Kook, wait, wait.” You can’t help but clench around him, Jungkook leaning forward as he hugs you close to him. “Hurts, but feels good.” You whimper against his lips, “So deep kook.” You moan, encouraging him to gently grind his hips into you.
Jungkook is losing his mind, keeping it together for your sake. He’s determined to please you as much as you’ll possibly let him, trying hard (and failing) to not think too hard about you wrapped around him. Kissing you as if his life depends on it, he moans softly as your nails drag along his back. He’s sure there are marks left behind, a groan being pulled from him from the pain. “Wanna cum like this, bun.” you whine, clenching around him as his abdomen also grinds against your clit.
“I’m barely even moving, baby. Already falling apart, so so good to me.” Jungkook teases lightly, pushing himself up onto his hands to watch your expressions. His chest tightens as you blush at him, a fond smile overtaking his face. “Cum as much as you want baby, wanna feel you cum on my cock.” Jungkook smiles, continuing his pace as you seem to like it, nails digging harder into his shoulders.
“Cumming…” A loud whine fills the room, legs shaking around Jungkook's waist as you tighten around him. Your mind feels fuzzy, grinding against him as you ride out your high, Jungkook continuing until you begin to twitch especially hard. Stilling inside you, he returns to hold you close, kissing you gently as you come down from your high. “I love you, Jungkook.” You almost whisper against his lips, running your palms along the textured marks from your nails.
“I love you too, Y/n.” He mumbles back, slowly leaning back onto his heels. You can feel him throb inside of you, reminding you of his situation.
“Didn’t cum yet?” You giggle, leaning forward to run your fingers along his abs. His chest is flushed pink, golden skin glowing in the sunlight flooding into your room. The tattoos along his arms pop, piercings shining brightly in the sunlight as well. As Jungkook's palms hold your legs carefully, almost lovingly, you unconsciously clench around him.
“Don't do that.” Jungkook huffs, making you smile. “Can’t cum as easily thanks to your little surprise present.” There’s a glint in his eyes as he easily lifts your legs, encouraging you to fold slightly, slipping deeper into you.
You’re caught off guard as he slides out, thrusting into you in one swift motion. Your breath almost gets caught in your throat, a loud moan mixing with Jungkook’s own whine. The smirk on his face makes your core throb as he continues thrusting into you, snapping his hips slightly as he bottoms out. He easily places your legs onto his arms, watching every reaction and changing his movement accordingly. “Fuck Kook, good, it feels good.” You moan and whine, grinding your hips together each time he bottoms out.
Both hands remain at your sides on the bed, holding himself up as he fucks into you. Your faces stay unbelievably close as he folds you in half, noses brushing against each other’s every so often. It makes you clench around him as you both moan into each other’s mouth, not quite a kiss but lips brushing together. “I love seeing you like this, making such sweet sounds for me.” Jungkook groans, balancing on one hand as the other shoves itself between your bodies. It’s too late to protest when you realize what he’s doing, the vibration making your swollen clit ache more. “My sweet girl, so overwhelmed and pretty.”
Your skin burns hot, every touch Jungkook gives feeling intensified as you try to focus on one at a time. You feel drunk, mind fuzzy as he rubs against your g-spot almost every thrust, bolts shooting throughout your body as your toes curl. Peeling your eyes open, tears absentmindedly stream down the sides of your face. “Sweetheart? Too much?” Jungkook slows, moving his head to get you to make eye contact with him.
“No, no, don't stop. Just feels really good.” You reassure him, hands coming to wrap around his torso, holding his shoulders as your nails find purchase in his skin. Jungkook lets out light pants, eyes screwing shut as he tries his hardest to ignore how hard you’re wrapped around him.
Slowly, Jungkook peels back, no longer hovering over you as he fucks into your heat. The new position makes you mewl, toes curling. Jungkook also has a much better view from this angle, applying more pressure with the vibrator. Your hips unintentionally buck against him, body still extremely sensitive from your previous orgasms. Jungkook snaps his hips harder, body rocking with each movement.
“Dirty girl, taking my cock so well, like you were made for me. So fucked out you can’t even think.” Jungkook almost coos at you, making you whine as his movements become rougher. “You should fuckin see it, Y/n. So fuckin tight around me.” Your stomach tightens, Jungkook's words make you gush around his length. The next moan, Jungkook is sliding his thumb against your tongue, a giant smirk across his face as you suck the digits. “Good girl.” Jungkook smirks, sliding his finger out, a string of saliva connecting it with your bottom lip. He easily replaces the vibrator with his thumb, using the saliva as lubricant as he rubs tight circles against your clit.
“Kook, close.” you whimper, hands creating fists against the bedsheets. You’re sure Jungkook is covered in your cum, the faint sound of wet slapping filling your ears when you focus closely. Jungkook doesn’t seem to care, small groans falling from his lips when you tighten around him.
“Go ahead baby, make a mess for me.” Jungkook smiles, continuing the same movements to ensure he doesn’t lose the spot. “Cum all over my cock, wanna feel you around me again.” He spurs you on, making you whimper.
When you cum this time, it's unbelievably hard as you wrap around him hard. Jungkook slows his movement, almost unable to push into you. Your legs shake in Jungkook's arms, his palms comfortingly rubbing along your thighs in an attempt to soothe you. Your eyes screw shut tightly as you ride it out, head burying itself in the pillows.
“Holy shit, that was so fucking hot.” Jungkook speaks softly, leaning down just enough to place a soft kiss on your cheek. Finally getting your bearings, a small chuckle falls from you as you softly place a kiss onto his lips.
“I want you to cum with me.” You mumble against his lips, purposely clenching around him to emphasize your point. “I think it’ll be harder but you should be able to cum even with my present on.” You giggle, sitting up as Jungkook carefully pulls out. Maneuvering yourself up onto shaky legs, you smile as Jungkook carefully watches. His arms extend to either side of your body, ready to catch you if you topple over. It’s a fair precaution, considering how badly your legs shake with your weight on them.
Jungkook watches as you maneuver around, facing your back to him. He’s slightly confused, finally understanding when you place your hands down. “You’re going to be the death of me.” Kook groans, watching as your arms fold, ass sticking up into the air. Your back is arched, jokingly wiggling your ass as you spur him on.
He gives in, hands gently slapping the flesh underneath him as he moves closer. It makes you whimper softly, Jungkook quickly getting the message as he places a harder slap against your skin. He’s quick to rub the reddening handprint, a loud moan muffled by your pillow. Jungkook could cum on the spot, placing a couple more slaps just to redden the skin underneath his palms. “All cock drunk and whiny, like my own little slut.” Jungkook almost mumbles to himself, barely loud enough for you to hear.
His words alone are enough to make you shutter, a small mewl threatening to escape from your throat. Feeling his thighs against the back of yours, you can't help the small whine of Jungkook's name that falls past your throat, begging for him. “Oh I know, honey, I know.” Jungkook coos, almost teasingly as he takes as much time as possible to line himself up. Kook pushes in slowly, purposely moving at a snail's pace as he listens to your whines and complaints. “Shhh, shhh. Do you feel how fucking tight you’re wrapped around me? So fucking warm, so fucking wet, pulling me in, y/n.” He hums to you, smiling at your legs shaking as he bottoms out.
“So big, so full.” You call back, mind fuzzy as you fight to form full, comprehensive sentences.
“Am I fucking you stupid, hm? Are you my stupid girl?” Jungkook continues teasing, leaning over and pulling you up slightly so his chest is flush with your back. “My dumb slut, hm? So overwhelmed, so desperate to cum.” He coos into your ear, one hand gently finding its place around your throat as he holds you against him. Jungkook hips are firmly pressed into the soft flesh of your ass, body's as close as physically possible.
“Yes, your stupid girl.” You almost babble, peering over your shoulder to catch a glimpse of Jungkook’s face. “Your dumb slut.” His cheeks are flushed, eyes hooded as his eyes fill with lust. You’re likely not much better, cheeks likely flushed, lips bitten bright red, tear streaks slightly visible down your cheeks. Yeah, you’re definitely not doing better. “Bun, cum in me. Please, I want it, I need it.”
You finally get a true whimper from him, words shooting straight to his dick as you wrap around him. “Anything for you, y/n. Always.” He mumbles softly, leaning forward the slightest bit more to kiss you. You’re in for it as he peels back, hands finding purchase on your waist as he begins rocking his hips. “So fucking perfect.” He mumbles, definitely to himself as you just barely catch it.
Jungkook’s whines finally match yours, his staved off orgasms finally catching up to him. Kook’s hips snap into yours hard, leaving the skin underneath a soft pink. “Kook, need a little more.” You whine, frustration building as you become desperate to cum with him. “Wanna cum with you.” You whine, glancing back to catch the slightest glimpse.
“I got you, just relax baby. Just feel for a sec, yeah?” Jungkook easily calms your nerves, easing your frustration. “Buns got you.” An arm sneaks around, easily finding your swollen clit as he rubs tight circles into the bead.
Doing your absolute best, you try not to fight it, focusing on all of the sensations that Jungkook so graciously lends you. Your hands absentmindedly find your nipple, adding one more sensation that finally sends you over the edge. “Fuck!” You whimper, orgasm wracking over your entire body as you shove your face into the sheets. “Kook, cum please. Cum in me.”
Jungkook’s moan cracks in the middle of it, hips stuttering as he buries himself as much as possible. You force him to ride it out, rocking your hips back into him. Your body feels weak, Jungkook’s hands wrapping around your waist to stop your movement. “Cock ring always from now on.” Jungkook almost pants, slumping down against your back. His weight, along with your legs shaking for the past 2 rounds, make you immediately fall onto the bed. Kook lands on top of you with a small huff, not expecting it.
Jungkook almost scurries off of you, forgetting how many times you came. “God, Kook.” You whine, willing your sore body to roll over onto your back. You can only offer him a lazy smile, completely worn out.
“I love you.” Jungkook immediately says as you smile at him, the fond feeling blooming in his chest more than ever.
“Can you…get tissues. Then come and lay on me.” Giggling, Jungkook immediately follows, cleaning you up as gently as possible. After, he leans off the bed, holding onto your ankle to let you know he’s still close by. “Wanna kiss you.” You don’t have to ask him twice, you never have. He immediately gives into you, slotting your lips together with ease. His weight helps ground you, holding each other close.
“You okay?” Jungkook mumbles against your skin, trailing kisses over to your neck.
“More than okay, Jungkook. I love you so much.”
“I’ve loved you since you left me in that small-ass bathroom.” Jungkook jokes, pulling a hearty laugh from the both of you. “Completely blue-balled me.” Once again, you laugh out loud at the stupid comment.
Your heart is full, chest feeling tight as you peer at him. Your Jungkook of BTS, your bun, your Kook, your Jeon Jeongguk, Your everything all in one. All yours, always.
#jungkook#jungkook smut#bts jungkook smut#sub jungkook#soft dom jungkook#jungkook x reader#namjoon#bts rm#kim namjoon#jeon jeongguk#jeon jungkook#bts jin#jin#bts suga#suga#yoongi#bts jhope#jhope#bts jimin#jimin#bts taehyung#taehyung#bts#bts scenarios#jungkook fic#bangtan#bangtan imagine#bts fanfction#bts smut#man eater
4K notes
·
View notes
Text
Tips for Starting and Stopping Chapters, Plus FAQs
Even if you have the most exciting, engaging ideas for your novel, you might struggle to write it because you have to deal with chapters. These are a few of the most frequently asked questions about chapters and a few tips that might help you overcome manuscript challenges.
How Many Chapters Should a Book Have?
Unfortunately, there’s no straightforward answer to this question. Genres and intended audiences influence manuscript word counts. Younger readers will need shorter chapters to keep their interest and older readers might prefer longer chapters that dive deep into conflict or theme.
Storytelling elements also change the number of chapters per book. A fast-paced novel might have more short chapters to keep up the faster narrative pace. A slower novel might linger in wordier scenes, so there could be fewer chapters with longer page counts per chapter.
You can always look at comparable novels in the same genre to guestimate how many your manuscript could include. If you’re writing a Twilight-inspired novel in the same fantasy genre and Twilight has 26 chapters in a ~110,000 word count range, you could aim for a similar number.
What’s the Purpose of Chapters?
Chapters divide longer stories into segments that help readers process new plot events. They give people breathing room to digest heavier topics or moments by pausing or putting the book down to do other things for a while.
They also give more weight to cliffhanger moments or events made to shock readers. Even if they immediately flip the page to keep reading, the momentary pause lends gravity and meaning to whatever ends the chapter before.
Tips for First Chapters
Include Some Action
The first line of every chapter doesn’t need to be a dramatic car chase scene, but the chapter in its entirety should include some plot-moving action. It hooks readers and gets your pacing started.
Add Emotional Weight
Action can only intrigue readers so much. What’s the emotional weight compelling your protagonist to take part in, react to, or fight back against your inciting incident? Establish some emotional weight in the first chapter to motivate your protagonist, like showing how much they love their sister before getting betrayed by her in the inciting incident.
Avoid Infodumping
Readers don’t need to know everything about your world-building or protagonist in the first chapter. The infodumping only weighs down your pace. Sprinkle your descriptions and reveals throughout the first act of your book to keep readers coming back to learn more about the world.
Tips for Starting a Chapter
Introduce a Choice
Choices help stories move along at a pace that keeps readers engaged. If your protagonist is stuck in their head for most of a chapter, there’s nothing pushing your story forward. Always include at least one choice when starting a chapter, whether it’s big or small.
Keep Expanding Your Conflict
Every chapter should expand your primary conflict in some way. It might affect newly introduced characters, change your protagonist’s world, or require a sacrifice. As long as your conflict is relevant to your chapter in some way, your story will always remain true to its thematic purpose.
Remember Your Cause-and-Effect
An initial chapter sets up or introduces a conflict that gets your plot moving. If you’re unsure what to do in the following chapter, use it to address the effects of that previous chapter’s conflict. Although the conflict likely won’t get resolved that quickly, you can still write about your characters’ choices post-conflict or how the world changes in a way that affects their futures.
Tips for Ending a Chapter
Experiment With Your Endings
I used to be afraid of ending a chapter without some shocking, groundbreaking plot twist. Althought that’s a great place to put those moments, it’s not plausible to end every chapter with one. Where would your readers feel comfortable pausing for the night? When would they feel the quiet sanctity of peaceful moments where characters build trust between themselves?
Play around with your endings by refusing to be afraid to cut your manuscript into segments. If one doesn’t feel right during your read-through, you can always merge it into the next chapter and cut them differently during editing.
Use It to Shift Your Story
When your story needs to change times of day, locations, or perspectives, that’s usually a good sign that you need a page or chapter break. It’s not always necessary, but these are the types of chapter breaks that give readers breathing room.
Again, you can always re-work your chapters during editing if you find that they aren’t ending in the right places during your first few read-throughs.
Ramp Up Your Tension
Who says chapters always have to end on a cliffhanger? You can also end them when the action or tension is becoming more intense. When two characters are in the car on the way to rob a bank, they argue over whether or not to actually shoot people. One character’s eagerness and the other’s disgust raises the tension. As it escalates into them yelling in the parking lot, the chapter can end when one leaves the car and slams the door.
Ending on a moment of heightened tension is another reason readers turn pages and stay engaged. In the above case, they might not be able to put the book down until they find out if the robbery resulted in murder.
-----
Starting and stopping chapters can cause plenty of anxiety, but remember—you’re always in control of your manuscript. Play around with these ideas and make any necessary changes in your editing phases. You’ll figure out the best way to organize your story by chapters and develop more confidence in your long-form storytelling abilities.
#creating chapters#writing chapters#chapter length#writing a first chapter#writeblr#writing advice#writing tips#writers of tumblr#writing#writing help#creative writing#writing inspiration#writing community#writing a novel#writing a book#writing a story
605 notes
·
View notes
Text
A HUMANS WRATH
Part XV
previous part
taglist: @miridiums-writing, @zerchila, @aeongiies, @xmoogx, @coffeeandtealol, @food-lover9000, @l0diluvs, @vichsy, @valeriele3, @entolomaeden, @acaribeau, @arcayia, @jessiegerl, @capricorn-anon, @crescentworld, @g-l-1-t-c-h-3-r, @chumbinhoeba, @chaos-n-kindness, @strawberryfire17, @zenxvii, @misscaller06, @luminarysol, @simpinginthecorner, @your-next-daydream, @bontensbabygirl, @crxwned-mxnarch, @ibtisam-aran, @mochicurls21, @rxsehxney, @xpixie, @ihatecorns, @hello-gloomy, @lunarloathsome, @crazytacokoala, @levia-chan, @bunny-masks-blog
a/n: hey y'all!! yay i finally updated haha….im so sorry it took so long if you’ve been keeping up with my other posts you’ll know that february was not good to me haha
also i wanted to let y’all know that we’re finally reaching the end of this story!! i plan on only making a few more chapters then i believe that’ll be all!
lastly thanks for all y’all’s patience and continued support I love reading every one of y’all’s comments and theories, it means the world! love y'all ♡
warnings: violence, fighting, angst
express just how you feel, don’t bottle it up anymore
“MC how are you? Even though I previously saw you everyday I’ve missed this you” Diavolo said with a bright smile as you joined him for breakfast. No thanks to Barbatos’ constant pestering.
You gave him a polite smile and nod as a response. It was easy enough to come up with a basic answer that you were fine, even if that wasn’t the case at all.
However as he ranted on about missing you and what activities he’d enjoy doing with you after he finished his paperwork you couldn’t help but feel nauseous.
After all he dislocated your shoulder the other day and now he was acting as if everything was perfectly fine?
Even if it was another version of him it was still him in a sense, which filled you with unease. If that version of him could do something that significant to you without so much as a thought then you had every right to be worried.
Is this how the other version of you felt?
Is that why they hated being touched by any demons?
Another hearty laugh broke out sending a chill down your spine. It reminded you of when he cornered you in the hallway as you tried to escape.
“MC are you sure you’re feeling okay? You look a little pale?”
You went to nod but your body betrayed you. A new wave of nausea washed over you and you felt bile rise up in your throat.
“MC…?” Barbatos questioned as he moved closer to you when you ignored Diavolo’s question.
Your fingers gripped the soft tablecloth as you tried to ground yourself. If anything you refused to lose your stomach in front of them.
Both demons looked at each other worryingly and Barbatos went to place a hand on your shoulder for comfort. Immediately you jolted in response and slapped his hand away as a sensation of fear became present in the pit of your stomach.
You had no idea where it came from, much less why you were scared when the butler reached out to help you. But you did know one thing, you didn’t want anyone touching you.
“Don’t touch me!” you yelled.
Your tone of voice startled him and Diavolo but mainly you as well. What was going on with you?
You never acted like this before, even when staying in the other timeline for so long. So why now? Why was everything anyone was doing so triggering you in any sort of way?
“I apologize…I didn't mean to upset you, I only wanted to check if you were okay,” Barbatos replied as he backed off. Even though he didn’t bother showing it, he was clearly worried about your current mental state. It appeared to be out of control ever since you returned. Which was another point he’d have to bring up with him later, since many instructions weren’t followed.
“…I’m…heading back to bed” you replied as you swiftly stood up and made your way to the door.
“But…you just woke up” Diavolo said softly but you were well out of range for his voice to actually reach you.
With a sigh the butler looked to his lord then to the floor. Maybe they weren’t the right demons to welcome you back after being gone for such a decent amount of time. It was better if you were around demons you were used to, ones that were comforting.
So he picked up his D.D.D and quickly called the first demon that came to mind.
___
Seven bodies rushed towards you faster than you could process and some large beautiful roses were shoved in your face as you tried to process everything that was going on.
All seven of your demons began talking at once and exclaimed how much they had missed you.
“Oh MC! I can’t believe you’re back, I’ve missed you so so so terribly” Asmo cried as he clung onto your shoulder.
“Hey let go of them!” Mammon yelled in your ear as he tried yanking you away from Asmo.
“Stop pushing” Belphie groaned as he hugged your frame from behind.
“Mammon stop yelling so loudly” Levi shouted out as he was hugging you from the same side Asmo was.
The other three demons who weren’t suffocating you were also arguing with their brother as they clung onto you. Yelling and shouting could be heard from all around you as you stayed in place watching all seven of them yell back and forth like children.
It was too overwhelming. The yelling in your ear, the way one would hold you tighter if they got mad, the way four of them were putting all of their body weight on you was too much for your liking. And the fact the other three were aggravating the four who were holding onto you.
You felt so suffocated.
You were suffocated in your own timeline due to your willingness to indulge all of the seven demons you lived with.
You were suffocated in the other timeline because you decided to show some demons some kindness they hadn’t experienced for a very long time. Look where that got you. A dislocated shoulder and some unresolved issues that you refused to acknowledge.
You were suffocated with the prince and his butler. They always were on some type of schedule, and when you didn’t follow what Diavolo wanted at that very second, you would never hear the end of it from Barbatos.
Why was everyone so demanding?
God forbid you do something for yourself for once.
You struggled in their grip and tried to get their attention to possibly settle down. The constant loud yelling was getting you more agitated by the minute and frankly you were getting a headache.
Just as you were about to speak someone yelled over you and a fight between two of them broke out. Since you were absolutely fed up with it you shouted for all of them to shut up and pushed them off of you.
Each of the seven demons shut their mouth in an instant and the prince and butler looked at you with a worried expression. Due to that being the same tone of voice you used with Barbatos earlier he knew that something was obviously wrong.
Diavolo then spoke up for you as he walked over to the brothers. “Don’t mind them, a lot is on their mind right now especially since they’ve dealt with so much physically and emotionally these past couple days. So please give MC some space to relax”
You in turn shot him a glare. “I’m perfectly fine. However I don’t appreciate it when someone is screaming in my ear and putting all their weight on me while others are fighting in the background like children”
“How about you head back to the House of Lamentation. A lot is on your mind MC, it would do you good to go rest in a place you’re comfortable and familiar with” Barbatos then added trying his best to ease the tension in the room and change the topic as well.
With a nod you departed with the brothers about fifteen minutes later for a silent trip to the House of Lamentation. Each of them were too worried to bother you so they all left you to do your own thing when you all got home.
However Mammon was still going to try to comfort you in his own way.
“Hey MC, ya wanna hang out and watch a movie? I got a few in my room and we can relax” he asked with a soft smile as she walked up behind you.
“Thanks but I’d rather rest right now, maybe later” and before he could even finish you were off.
It was odd, during any other time you would’ve enjoyed hanging out and relaxing in his room like you used to but as of now you really wanted to just be by yourself.
So quietly you made your way to your room and when you opened the door you were absolutely applauded by the way it looked.
Everything was everywhere and the decorations you had of you and your demons were ripped and taken down. Clean clothes were piled onto a chair and your bed was an absolute mess as a few shits and things littered the floor.
However you were too tired to take care of it at the moment. Due to how emotional exhausted you were a nap sounded lovey so you plopped down and in minutes you were out.
___
Around late afternoon you had walked into the kitchen to grab a snack since you didn’t exactly have much of an appetite after everything that had happened in the past two days. Surprisingly enough two demons were already occupying the kitchen when you arrived, one gossiped and the other listened even though he was believably bored.
“MC” Satan said with a smile, he was very grateful that someone showed up to stop Asmo’s rambling.
With a nod you dug through the fridge and grabbed something to eat and walked over to the two hesitantly.
“What are you both talking about?” You asked after they stayed silent and smiled at you.
Amso was the first to perk up and tell you. “Well we were just talking about some new gossip about this one actor and her husband, some people we know and you…well the other you”
“The other me?” You asked
“Yeah the one you switched with remember.” Satan added.
You nodded and then looked at them before responding. Just how did the other version of you act? Were they like the other Barbatos said? Angry, stubborn, and everything. Did they treat your demons like how they’d treated theirs? So many questions ran through your head at once, but you opted for only asking a basic one.
“So just how was the other version of me?”
“They were a bit intense at first…no I take it back they were really intense at first, but in reality they only wanted one thing in the end then they finally were content” Asmo said as he reapplied some lipstick to his lips.
“Really what did they want?” You asked, now interested in the other versions' motives.
“They just wanted an apology. After Belphie gave them an honest heart to heart in the planetarium they finally calmed down and we were able to be civil with them” Asmo explained.
“Yeah and they even started opening up a bit, although they were exactly like you so learning about what they liked was cute since we already know what you enjoy” Satan added with a smirk.
You tuned out the rest of the conversation they were having with you as you focused on the said “apology” Belphie gave the other version of you.
So it was true and they weren’t lying when they talked to you previously in the attic. Somehow that ticked you off even more.
“Oh yeah and we’re so sorry you had to go through all that crazy timeline stuff dear, I bet it’s been so exhausting huh?” Asmo asked as he rubbed your back.
“Uh huh” you replied and then brushed him off as you excused yourself out of the kitchen without another word, causing the two demons to look at you with a slightly confused expression.
Silently you paced around the house for a bit as you rethought about what the two of them said. With a sigh you ventured into the common room and stared at the fireplace. So you were worth a basic sorry but not one that took responsibility for all the damage they caused you?
It’s not as if their words actually meant anything. Honestly if they had been keen on sweeping the whole incident under the rug then why even offer the other version of you an apology?
They did it to better help them heal?
Bullshit.
What about you?
How come they could do that for anyone else other than you?
When you’ve helped them so much.
Your rage and jealousy had been bubbling up inside you for so long that it finally reached its breaking point.
If anyone was supposed to receive any words or actions of their forgiveness it should’ve been you and you were tired of pretending you didn’t deserve anything less than that.
In a rage you trashed the common room as Asmo and Satan watched in horror since they just happened to walk by.
They rushed to try and stop you but you used your pact to stop them in place as you broke everything in sight. The sound of yelling and glass breaking alerted all the other demons in the house and soon the rest of them watched in awe as you demolished anything in your path.
Mammon ran to you as you ripped the roses they all bought for you and tore them to shreds right in front of them. When he reached you he grabbed you by the arm and you shoved him away and yelled at him in response.
They all just kept getting in your way, it was so unbearable.
As the six demons froze in place due to their activated pacts you picked up one of the large vases Lucifer loved and proceeded to lift it up to throw at them.
“This is all your fault! Look at what you’ve done to me” you screamed out to the six demons standing in front of you. Your cry was not one of just anger, they could sense the sorrow in your voice. The way it cracked and longed to just be healed.
You wanted someone to comfort you and the ability for someone, anyone honestly to just acknowledge what had happened to you. Maybe then if they did you could finally feel like your feelings were valid, rather than unnecessary and pointless.
Fresh tears fueled by pure anger and frustration fell from your eyes as you got ready to swing the vase at the six of them. That was until the youngest brother rushed in front of his brothers and spoke.
“This is my fault MC, please don’t take it out on my brothers” Belphie said as he stepped in front of the six of them, shielding them with his body.
“No it’s not just your fault. It’s all of your faults. Don’t feel too special Belphie, you're not the only one out of your brothers who has tried to kill me.” you spat out.
“Each of you have threatened to end my life at least once ever since I’ve been here, and believe me I haven’t forgotten a single moment of it. Unlike before I continued to ignore what happened just like all of you but I’m fed up now.”
The seven demons looked at themselves then back at you and sighed.
“MC we’re truly sorry, you know we-“ Lucifer began.
“I don’t want your apology. It means nothing to me anymore. Especially since you can go and hand it out to whoever now” you replied swiftly, cutting him off in the process.
“Then if I truly can’t make you believe me I’ll show you.” Belphie then said quickly.
“And how do you expect to do that?” You asked, crossing your arms in front of your body.
“Take it out on me.”
“Excuse me?”
“All of your anger, everything you’ve had building up. Punch me, hit me, choke me, do whatever you need to do so that you don’t have to feel this way. I know my apology means nothing to you, and believe me this is much more selfish of me to ask you to do this but I want to make it up to you MC. Even if you’ll hate me for the rest of your life I want you to get the closure you deserve. I’ll do whatever I can to make it up to you. For as long as I live”
Your eyes widened slightly as you looked at him in shock. You hadn’t expected him to actually respond like that, much less take responsibility for everything that had happened.
“Belphie-!” Beel began, he was still standing back with the others, but the worried look on his face was apparent as he watched his twin pour his heart out to the person they both cherished.
Belphie shook his head at his twin then looked back towards you. “I promise MC, I’ll show you how much of a better demon I can be. So go ahead”
The six demons behind you watched as you slowly approached the youngest hesitantly. Surprisingly enough he still had the same soft smile on his face as he watched you come closer.
Then you swung.
With a swift punch to the face, right on the nose Belphie stumbled back and grabbed his face as a small drop of blood pooled out.
You swung again.
And again,
And again.
As you watched the youngest fall to the floor you continued. And for some odd reason you didn’t feel bad about how beat up he was beginning to look.
Instead you finally felt a form of closure for the first time.
#obey me#obey me shall we date#omswd#obey me angst#demon brothers#obey me luficer#obey me mammon#obey me levithan#obey me satan#obey me asmodeus#obey me beelzebub#obey me belphegor#obey me diavolo#obey me barbatos
146 notes
·
View notes
Text
love transforms
(announcement at the end)
fear was the cause of most of my problems. now that i've discovered this as the root, its a lot easier to deal with now. i can imagine some of you do as well which is why i wanted to share this. part 3 of edwards's series is truly incredible, we don't speak of it enough despite some of us truly needing it right now. you and your feelings are valid, but because no one deserves to live in fear ever, we should know how to manage it.
THROUGH LOVE.
i know. this may not make sense at first. most people would just say "flip the thoughts" or do something to regain control. but truthfully there is no reason flip fearful thoughts first. you are much greater than them... and more importantly: that isn't the root.
if the root is fear, remove the feeling of fear entirely by first taking responsibility for what you're conscious of being. i understand that most struggle to, but if you can acknowledge the harm this cycle has done, you can also break it by ALLOWING yourself to experience lovelier thoughts instead. meaning, that if you've created fearful thoughts that means it HAS NO POWER ON ITS OWN. NONE. this should be the best news, to realize you are more than your thoughts.
CHOOSE LOVE OVER FEAR.
"Second, when you take responsibility for that fearful thought as your creation, ask yourself this simple question, 'What is it that I would LOVE to think?' From here as the Creator, you can start to go towards LOVE. LOVE is the most powerful 'thing' if you will, within you. Why? Because it never fails to TRANSFORM 'SELF.' Fear can stagnant, but LOVE TRANSFORMS.
Why is this important?
Remember the reason we are doing this. We are NOT trying to manipulate reality or force some change upon this physical world That will happen NATURALLY. Why? Because your world is REFLECTING SELF.
Since it is reflecting 'SELF,' then how can we transform 'SELF' in the most efficient and best way possible? Through LOVE. By actually going within our minds and doing what we LOVE, having what we LOVE. This changes us at our very core.
From this new feeling of freedom and love, you will find it incredibly easy to think what you want. You will even find it harder to feel fear. This ease and love starts to become your natural State. People will start treating you in a better way. You won't even have to imagine every little thing going your way, it just will. Things you wanted months ago, start appearing in your world. Things that bothered you deeply, literally has no effect on you anymore. Why? Because you are no longer DESIRING, no longer FEARING. You are living in FULFILLMENT. Fulfillment in Love. You are actually living what you LOVE within, and this love expresses itself without.
To reiterate, when you are doing these meditations, and you get the 'resistance' which is just fear, remember the words of Neville:
'To repent to simply man's ability to entertain the nature of the opposite."
Can you entertain the opposite of the nature of fear? Can you entertain Love? Is that not what you want?" - Edward Art
end.
IMPORTANT: this is my last post before i go on break. i am not sure when i will be back, but it definitely won't be for too long?
before i go, i wanted to share some advice. everyone interprets things differently, which is why reading directly from source is probably one of the best things you can do in your journey. (it is very easy to find misinfo on any app.) when i say this i don't mean skim through the whole thing, no. but read it slowly. you don't have to finish these books all in one day (i am saying this because i tried that once, and that was not it y'all😭💀). do it at a pace where you will be able to grasp what is being said. if you don't understand something, read the sentence or previous paragraphs again and you'll usually find the answer on your own. you may find new pieces to the puzzle if you just took the time, or even sat with yourself in silence (you may even come to new realizations, not from teachers but from you). there is no rush, seriously.
now anyway, about my break, my goal is to come back having read other authors and books, to share with you guys, and hopefully return with a new and stronger perspective on consciousness/awareness. recently i have been feeling as if something within me is missing, despite me knowing what i do. about Self. maybe it is time to explore what that is. i'll still be active on tumblr, but i'm not posting and my inbox will be closed. and i won't be answering dms about loa advice. i wish you all the best, truly. and i love u all, bye!
#loa#neville goddard#law of assumption#desired reality#4d#manifestation#affirmations#loa succes#shifting#loassumption#edward art#states manifest#void state#loa blog#master manifestor#reality shifter#shiftblr#shifting motivation#manifesting#self concept#nailisaa#wish fulfilled#creation is finished#imagination creates reality#reality shifting#law of being#law of conciousness#conciousness
183 notes
·
View notes
Note
Hi can I request a yuqi from gidle x male reader smut where they’ve been dating for a while and after a concert reader takes her out to eat then when they get back home they have fluffy sex then take a shower together then when he wakes up the next morning she’s cooking breakfast in his shirt
A/N: This is it, my first male!reader fic. I hope you like it, I know it took me a while but it was mostly due to my exams😭.
Light My Fire
CW: m!reader x Yuqi, slight smut, some fluff, nsfw
You watched in awe as your girlfriend put on a performance of a lifetime, singing and dancing like there’s no tomorrow. That’s how she always performed but you always felt just as awestruck as the first time you watched her perform. You whooped and applauded with the crowd and a few songs later, the show was done. It was quite short by a Kpop concert standard but you preferred it this way. So you could spend some time after the show with her as well since she wouldn’t be too tired.
You had a nice dinner reservation and wanted to treat her. Usually, Yuqi liked to treat you and besides its not exactly easy to make a dinner date a big surprise or special when your partner is a superstar but you try your best and being the sweet girl she is, she always seems over the moon even over the smallest of things you do for her.
Nevertheless, you meet her backstage where she is already ready to go and greets you with a hug.
“Did you like the-”, she begins but you’ve memorized her questions through previous experiences.
“Yes it was amazing. Yes you looked really pretty and hot. No, I didn’t look at any other girls. And yes I have something planned for us.”, you interrupt her with small smilie, answering all the questions she was going to ask before she even had a chance to ask them.
She looked at you blankly for a few seconds before pouting but ended up almost immediately laughing and giving you a gentle push, “so annoying”.
You chuckled, “Come on let’s go, we don’t wanna be late.”
It didn’t take too long to reach the restaurant, about 20 minutes, you both were discussing the concert and seeing some of the clips people had posted online. Dinner wasn’t too fancy but you both liked it regardless and soon after you reached home.
The two of you on the couch, Yuqi resting her head on your shoulder, she traced imaginary lines on your chest and you both cuddled for a while in silence, just enjoying each other’s company. Then out of nowhere, she kissed you once. And then again. Pulling back after a few seconds and staring at you longingly. You felt your heartbeat quicken and leaned in slowly and she did the same.
As you both leaned in and began to kiss, it quickly turned into a full on make out session and pretty soon Yuqi was tugging on your clothes trying to take them off. You did the same and pretty soon, well not exactly soon. It took a few minutes for you both to be exposed because neither of you were willing to stop kissing to undress. Only after excessive tugging at each others clothes did you two eventually give in for a few moments.
Soon after, you found yourself on your back with Yuqi on top of you, her hands on your chest, breathing heavily, riding you slowly. You placed your hands at her hips and watched as she gracefully began to ride you.
This continued for a few minutes before Yuqi removed your hands from her hips and instead pinned them to either side of your head and leaned in kissing you hungrily while also grinding sensually.
The two of you just couldn’t get enough of each other, staring at each other with love, lust, longing and kissing every few moments. A few minutes later, you both felt your releases approaching rapidly.
“Yuqi….”, you say sighing, letting her know your close.
She said nothing and grabbing your face with both hands and kissing you passionately while you wrapped your hands around her back as she began to grind faster. You couldn’t help yourself either, your hips buckling as you began to thrust upwards as well, trying to be in rhythm with her movements.
Soon after, you felt the pressure build up and eventually got your release, sighing hard into a kiss while Yuqi squeezed your face tightly, shuddering slightly while she got hers.
The two of you stayed like that for a few moments while your highs slowly faded. Taking a deep breath, Yuqi shifted and moved to the side, resting her head on your chest, an arm wrapped around you.
You take a deep breath and sigh, trying to relax when suddenly Yuqi grabs your hand and tries drag you up.
“Give me a minute”, you try to protest feeling comfortable and sleepy.
“Ah hah!”, she frowns, “No, you’ll sleep. Come with me!”.
“I just did”, you say cheekily, your eyes closed.
“Fine, do as you like, I’m going to shower so your loss”, she replies back triumphantly, knowing you’ll give in.
You kiss your teeth and groan loudly while stretching knowing you can’t miss this chance and get up in one swift move, following Yuqi with your hands on her shoulders,leaning your head at the back of hers.
As you both enter the shower, the next dilemma starts, you like cold showers but didn’t want one right now because of how sleepy you were feeling while Yuqi likes hot showers but wanted to take a cold one because she wanted you to stay awake so you both could cuddle.
Both of you understood each other’s intentions almost immediately and reached for the shower valve together.
“It’s okay, I got it Yuqi”, you say unconvincingly with a smile.
“What are you talking about?”, Yuqi says mischievously.
Neither of you budges, and you both just smile at each other until you decide to take a risk. You let go of the valve and without warning begin to tickle Yuqi who couldn’t react quick enough and moved back helplessly reflexively.
“Hey! Stop! This isn’t fair!”, she squealed, laughing uncontrollably.
It was too late though, you were now in front of her, blocking her access to the valve, smiling victoriously at her while she pouted.
You set the temperature as lukewarm hoping it’s a good enough compromise and you both begin showering, washing each other. Once your done showering, you dry yourself off and go to bed while Yuqi dries herself off and does her self care routine before she comes to bed. You try to wait for her but end up dozing off before she comes.
You wake up hours later to find Yuqi is still missing. You turn towards her side of the bed and find it a bit warm so she only woke up recently you assume. You stretch and get up, brushing and going to the kitchen.
You find her in one of your shirts, obviously it was too big for her and she really looked unbelievably cute in it. She was making some eggs as you walked in behind her, hugging her and kissing her cheek for a moment before pulling back.
She leaned in happily before continuing cooking and finishing the eggs while you began to toast the bread. In a couple of minutes you both were at the table having breakfast in silence, giving each other knowing looks and smiling happily, your hand on hers.
#kpop girls#ask me anything#answered asks#gidle kpop#gidle x reader#gidle smut#gidle yuqi#gidle#kpop headcanons#kpop fluff#kpop scenarios#kpop imagines#reader x idol#gidle fluff#yuqi x reader#yuqi smut#yuqi fluff#song yuqi
176 notes
·
View notes
Last Seen Blogs
nosebridgepinch
Ama’s Fanfic Blog
coordination-classic-pie-ufv
Nursing school prerequisites farther sanitary napk
dogrates
Untitled
dogstomp
Dogstomp
yukiisplayinggames-blog
Yuki Is Playing VideoGames